Cities Index.
Staff Report - Agreement Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) [Published for 10-Day Review on 2232023]

Sacramento City Council
March 7, 2023

Document
Staff Report - Agreement Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) [Published for 10-Day Review on 2232023]
Meeting
March 7, 2023
Body
Sacramento City Council
Pages
4
Original file
18.2 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on sacramento.granicus.com. That file is the official record.

City of Sacramento
City Council - 5PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2023-00043 3/7/2023 Consent Item 17.

Agreement: Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) [Published for 10- Day Review on 2/23/2023]
File ID: 2023-00043
Location: District 4, Represented by Councilmember Valenzuela Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution: 1) awarding a Construction Contract for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center to Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. in an amount not to exceed $2,991,182; 2) authorizing the City Manager or City Manager’s designee to execute the Construction Contract with Mesa Energy Systems, Inc.; 3) establishing the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) as a new Capital Improvement Project; 4) approving the Plans and Specifications for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project; and 5) authorizing the City Manager or City Manager’s designee to transfer $4,500,000 (Community Center Fund, Fund 6010) from the expenditure budget of various capital improvement projects to the expenditure budget of the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900).

Contact: Sabrina Tefft, Project Manager, (916) 808-3789, [email protected], Office of Innovation and Economic Development; Mack Smith, Engineering Manager, (916) 808-5445, [email protected]; and Steven Sakakihara, Administrative Officer, (916) 808-7146, [email protected], Convention and Cultural Services Department Presenter: None.

Attachments:
1-Description/Analysis
2-Resolution
3-Construction Contract with Mesa Energy Systems, Inc.
4-Plans
5-Specifications
Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: The SAFE Credit Union Convention Center Ballroom B (1400 J Street, Sacramento, CA 95814) has lighting fixtures and controls that are over 27 years old and are outdated. As a result, the replacement fixtures are becoming obsolete and difficult to source. There is also a need to relocate

Page 1 of 4 ends

File ID: 2023-00043 3/7/2023 Consent Item 17.
the HVAC system, which is currently placed in a location that makes it extremely difficult to access for maintenance. The relocation of the HVAC system was included as part of the Convention Center Complex Renovation Project, but due to the overlapping scopes of work in Ballroom B, the two scopes were designed as an independent project, which created an opportunity for cost savings, while allowing the work to be performed around programmed events at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center.

Coordination efforts with Visit Sacramento and the Hotel Association have allowed for these improvements to be completed between June and October of 2023. These improvements will allow the facility to run efficiently, while staying competitive and keeping up with industry standards.

On November 22, 2022, Invitation for Bid (IFB) No. B23171131006 was released via the City’s bid portal (Planet Bids) to solicit bids for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center. Following this IFB process, staff recommends awarding a construction contract to Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. in an amount of $2,991,182.

Policy Considerations: The recommendations in this report are consistent with the provisions of Sacramento City Code chapter 3.60: Contracts for Public Projects. Per Sacramento City Code section 3.60.090, all contracts for public projects involving an expenditure of $250,000 or more require award by the city council.

The Sacramento City Code Section 4.04.020 and Council Rules of Procedure (Chapter 7, Section E.2.d) mandate that unless waived by a 2/3 vote of the City Council, all labor agreements and all agreements greater than $1,000,000 shall be made available to the public at least ten (10) days prior to council action. This item was published for 10-day review on February 23, 2023, in compliance with the City Code.

Economic Impacts: The recommended contract is expected to create 22.13 jobs (14.06 direct jobs and 8.08 jobs through indirect and induced activities) and create $2,920,955 in total economic output ($1,872,408 of direct output and $1,048,547 of indirect and induced activities).

The indicated economic impacts are estimates calculated using a calculation tool developed by the Center for Strategic Economic Research (CSER). CSER utilized the IMPLAN input-output model (2009 coefficients) to quantify the economic impacts of a hypothetical $1 million of spending in various construction categories within the City of Sacramento in an average one-year period. Actual impacts could differ significantly from the estimates and neither the City of Sacramento nor CSER shall be held responsible for consequences resulting from such differences.

Additionally, this contract requires compliance with the approved Community Workforce and Training Agreement (CWTA), which requires local hiring and allow for targeted employment opportunities for Sacramento residents.

Page 2 of 4 ends

File ID: 2023-00043 3/7/2023 Consent Item 17.

Environmental Considerations: Under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), continuing administrative activities, such as what is recommended in this report, does not constitute a “project”. [CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(2).]
Sustainability: This project is designed utilizing energy efficient standards and will reduce the carbon footprint contribution, therefore helping meet the City of Sacramento’s sustainability goal.

Commission/Committee Action: Not applicable.

Rationale for Recommendation: There were two bids submitted prior to the deadline of the IFB of 2pm on December 21, 2022. Both bids submitted were considered responsive, Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. was the lowest responsive and responsible bidder as summarized below:

Contractor Total Bid Amount LBE Participation Requirement Satisfied?
Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. $2,991,182 Yes
PRIDE Industries One, Inc. $3,199,600 Yes
Financial Considerations: The total estimated cost for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) is $4,500,000. This total cost includes the construction contract, construction management, commissioning services and contingency.

The funding required for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) will be transferred from existing CIPs as shown in the table below:

Project Description CIP # Fund - Fund Name Amount
Convention Center Improvements M17100000 6010 - Community Center
$1,100,000
Convention Center Audio-Visual
Improvements
M17100300 6010 - Community
Center
$140,000
Convention Center Chiller Upgrade M17100500 6010 - Community Center
$50,000
Memorial Auditorium Improvements M17101000 6010 - Community Center
$955,000
Convention Center Durable
Equipment Replacement
M17101600 6010 - Community
Center
$145,000
Convention Center Production
Equipment Upgrades
M17101700 6010 - Community
Center
$2,110,000
TOTAL $4,500,000

Page 3 of 4 ends

TOTAL $4,500,000
File ID: 2023-00043 3/7/2023 Consent Item 17.

Project Description CIP # Fund - Fund Name Amount
Convention Center Improvements M17100000 6010 - Community Center
$1,100,000
Convention Center Audio-Visual
Improvements
M17100300 6010 - Community
Center
$140,000
Convention Center Chiller Upgrade M17100500 6010 - Community Center
$50,000
Memorial Auditorium Improvements M17101000 6010 - Community Center
$955,000
Convention Center Durable
Equipment Replacement
M17101600 6010 - Community
Center
$145,000
Convention Center Production
Equipment Upgrades
M17101700 6010 - Community
Center
$2,110,000
Local Business Enterprise (LBE): Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. is a LBE vendor and met the 5% LBE participation requirement.

Page 4 of 4 ends

RESOLUTION NO. 2023-XXXX
Adopted by the Sacramento City Council

Agreement: Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900)

BACKGROUND

A. The SAFE Credit Union Convention Center Ballroom B (1400 J Street, Sacramento, CA 95814) has lighting fixtures and controls that are over 27 years old and are outdated. As a result, the replacement fixtures are becoming obsolete and difficult to source. There is also a need to relocate the HVAC system, which is currently placed in a location that makes it extremely difficult to access for maintenance. The project combines the two scopes, creating an opportunity for cost savings, while allowing the work to be performed around programmed events at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center.

B. On November 22, 2022, Invitation for Bid (IFB) No. B23171131006 was released via the City’s bid portal (Planet Bids) to solicit bids for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center.

C. Mesa Energy System, Inc. was the successful low bidder.

D. The total estimated cost for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) is $4,500,000, which includes costs for the construction contract, construction management, commissioning services and contingency.

E. There are sufficient funds in existing capital improvement programs (CIPs) that can be transferred to the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900).

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, THE CITY COUNCIL RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. A Construction Contract in an amount not to exceed $2,991,182 is awarded to Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. to complete the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project at the SAFE Credit Union Convention Center.

Section 2. The City Manager or City Manager’s designee is authorized to execute the Construction Contract with Mesa Energy Systems, Inc.

Section 3. The Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project (M17101900) is established as a new Capital Improvement Project.

Section 4. The Plans and Specifications for the Ballroom B HVAC and Lighting Systems Project are approved.

Section 5. The City Manager or City Manager’s designee is authorized to transfer $4,500,000 (Community Center Fund, Fund 6010) from the expenditure budgets of the following capital improvement projects to the expenditure budget of the Ballroom B HVAC and Lightings Systems Project (M17101900):

Project Description CIP # Fund – Fund Name Amount
Community Center Improvements M17100000 6010 – Community Center
$1,100,000
Convention Center Audio-Visual
Improvements
M17100300 6010 – Community
Center
$140,000
Convention Center Chiller
Upgrade
M17100500 6010 – Community
Center
$50,000
Memorial Auditorium
Improvements
M17101000 6010 – Community
Center
$955,000
Convention Center Durable
Equipment Replacement
M17101600 6010 – Community
Center
$145,000
Convention Center Production
Equipment Upgrades
M17101700 6010 – Community
Center
$2,110,000
TOTAL $4,500,000

/0/1/2/3/4/5/0/3/i255
/4/1/7/3/8/2/9/i255/10/11/12/12/3/i255
/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/16/i255/13/14/21/22/17/23/24/14/25/16/26/15/27/i255/28/14/17/29/30/i255/31/25/32/16/i255/33/19/19/14/29/34/18/15/35/i255/33/36/36/i255/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/16/32/37/i255/38/14/39/22/21/22/17/40/i255/26/16/i255/26/32/i255/41/42/43/i255/34/18/17/16/i255/14/44/i255/16/38/22/i255/19/14/15/16/17/18/19/16/45/i255 /9/46/47/46/48/49/50/i255/8/47/51/52/48/53/49/54/55/52/47/i255/56/4/46/57/58/55/48/46/59/60/i255 /61/62/63/64/63/65/66/67/i255/69/70/65/71/62/66/72/71/i255/73/i255/74/75/76/77/77/67/78/79/78/65/71/75/i255/70/65/67/80/81/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255/i255/i255/84/76/77/77/67/78/79/78/65/71/85/86/87/87/78/65/87/76/79/i255/73/82/i255/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /86/75/75/78/75/75/70/62/88/75/i255/89/66/62/72/78/67/i255/90/76/79/91/78/62/74/75/81/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83 /69/70/65/71/62/66/72/71/i255/92/93/93/78/72/71/63/94/78/i255/95/66/71/78/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255/i255/i255/i255/69 /70/65/71/62/66/72/71/i255/92/96/77/63/62/66/71/63/70/65/i255/95/66/71/78/i255/74/63/93/i255/66/77/77/67/63/72/66/91/67/78/81/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /97/i255/86/79/70/76/65/71/i255/74/90/70/71/i255/71/70/i255/92/96/72/78/78/87/81/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255/86/87/98/76/75/71/78/87/i255/97/i255/86/79/70/76/65/71/i255/74/99/85/100/81/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /61/71/101/78/62/i255/89/66/62/71/80/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /89/62/70/98/78/72/71/i255/102/63/71/67/78/82/i255/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /89/62/70/98/78/72/71/i255/73/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255/103/63/87/85/104/105/106/85/104/105/89/i255/73/82/i255/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /69/63/71/80/i255/69/70/76/65/72/63/67/i255/86/77/77/62/70/94/66/67/82/i255/63 /93/i255/107/92/84/108/i255/69/70/76/65/72/63/67/i255/105/63/67/78/i255/109/95/73/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /0/52/47/54/48/49/111/54/i255/112/48/52/111/46/113/113/55/47/114/i255/0/52/47/54/49/111/54/113/i255 /95/78/77/66/62/71/79/78/65/71/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /69/70/65/71/62/66/72/71/i255/69/70/70/62/87/63/65/66/71/70/62/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /89/62/70/98/78/72/71/i255/115/66/65/66/64/78/62/82/i255/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83 /116/117/118/119/120/121/i255/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/123/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /124/46/125/49/48/54/53/46/47/54/i255/4/46/126/55/46/127/i255/49/47/59/i255/4/52/58/54/55/47/114/i255 /74/84/63/64/65/66/71/76/62/78/81/i255 /74/95/66/71/78/81/i255 /74/84/63/64/65/66/71/76/62/78/81/i255 /74/95/66/71/78/81/i255 /74/84/63/64/65/66/71/76/62/78/81/i255 /74/95/66/71/78/81/i255 /128/129/129/130/131/132/133/134/132/135/136/i255
/138/131/139/140/141/142/134/143/130/141/136/i255/i255
/144/134/142/134/143/134/130/132/i255/145/146/132/146/135/140/141/136/i255/i255 /147/133/148/140/141/136/i255
/74/84/63/64/65/66/71/76/62/78/81/i255 /74/95/66/71/78/81/i255 /10/125/46/111/55/49/50/i255/8/47/113/54/48/58/111/54/55/52/47/149/0/52/53/53/46/47/54/113/i255/56/55/150/46/150/i255/48/46/111/52/48/59/55/47/114/i255/48/46/57/58/46/113/54/46/59/151/i255/52/54/152/46/48/i255/49/114/46/47/111/153/i255/113/55/114/47/49/54/58/48/46/113/i255/48/46/57/58/55/48/46/59/151/i255/46/54/111/150/60/i255 /83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/83/i255 /155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/28/42/24/i255/13/36/156/24/157/i255/158/i255/159/43/i255/160/156/161/33/24/43/31/156/41/43/162/i255/42/41/36/163/i255/164/i255/160/42/i255/41/42/43/i255/165/24/159/43/156/i255/166/156/36/42/165 /i255/43/167/159/162/i255/36/159/41/156/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/155/i255 /168/168/i255/170/171/172/173/i255/174/175/176/174/177/173/178/179/180/181/i255 /183/184/185/186/187/188/189/190/191/i255/183/184/193/194/184/195/196/184/188 /197/196/198/184/187/i255/199/200/187/196/201/i255/202/189/191/190/200/196/194/187/184/i255/183/184/193/194/189/187/184/188 /203/204/205/203/206/205/207/203/207/204
/208/i255/207/210/211/211/212/210/212/213/207/214/203/203 /215/216/217/218/i255/219/220/216/221/222/223/i255/224/223/217/225/216/226/217/210/i255/227/220/228/214 /229/218/230/230/221/231/231/226/i255/229/i255/232/233/234/235/i255/218/220/236/i255/237/238/222/239/225/238/220/222/i255/224/223/217/225/216/226/217 /215/212/206/212/203/212/211/203/203 /229/207/204/212/206/212/212/204/212/203/203/240 /207/203/207/204/241/203/203/203/242/204
/215/218/228/243/i255/224/226/238/225/239
/224/225/216/244/216/220/i255/224/218/243/218/243/238/239/218/221/218 /217/239/217/218/243/218/243/238/239/218/221/218/245/228/238/225/223/231/246/217/218/228/221/218/226/216/220/225/231/214/231/221/222 /247/219/224
/235/231/220/244/216/220/225/238/231/220/i255/248/i255/235/249/230/225/249/221/218/230/i255/224/216/221/244/238/228/216/217

CALIFORNIA

STATE CAPITOL

SACRAMENTO

CONVENTION CENTER
(THIS PROJECT)
K ST.

J ST.

L ST.
13 TH
14 TH
15 THTHEATRE

AUDITORIUM

VICINITY MAP

TRUE NORTH PROJECT NORTH
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS
®
TM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
September 8, 2021
9/7/2021 11:22:11 AM
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS

COVER SHEET
X1-1

17.4465
09/08/21
2019

CONVENTION CENTER BALLROOM B UPGRADES

SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021
Sheet Index

GENERAL INFORMATION
X1-1 COVER SHEET

ARCHITECTURE
A1-1 PROJECT INFORMATION
A1-2 BALLROOM B RCP

MECHANICAL
M0-0 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS
M0-1 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE
MD1-2 HVAC DEMO BALLROOM B
M1-2 HVAC PLAN BALLROOM B
M2-1 MECHANICAL ENLARGED PLANS
M3-1 MECHANICAL DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND CONTROLS
MPD1-2 PIPING DEMO BALLROOM B
MP1-2 PIPING PLAN BALLROOM B

ELECTRICAL LIGHTING
E0-0 ELECTRICAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS
E0-1 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS
E0-2 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS
E0-3 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS
ED1-1 LIGHTING DEMO PLAN BALLROOM B
E1-1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, CONTROLS AND DETAILS
E1-2 LIGHTING PLAN BALLROOM B
E2-1 LIGHTING DETAILS
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION

UP
UP UP
J
MC
JMC
J
J
J
S
S
VITREOUS CHINA C_URINALSDEXTER
K-5016-ET

GE NERAL NOTES

1.T H ESE AS-BUILT RESTROOMS A RE CREATED FROM ON-SITEMEASUREMENTS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.

2.D I MENSIONS SHOW N ARE TO FACE OF FINISHES (F.F.), UNLESSOTHER WISE NOTED.

SACRAME NTO CONVENTION CENTER
1400 J St, Sacram ento, CA 95814

SACRAME NTO CONVENTION CENTER
1400 J St, Sacram ento, CA 95814
```
VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ETVITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ETVITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET VITREOUS CHINAC_URINALSDEXTERK-5016-ET
FD
FD
UP

GE NERAL NOTES

1.T H ESE AS-BUILT RESTROOMS A RE CREATED FROM ON-SITEMEASUREMENTS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.

2.D I MENSIONS SHOW N ARE TO FACE OF FINISHES (F.F.), UNLESSOTHER WISE NOTED.

SACRAME NTO CONVENTION CENTER
1400 J St, Sacram ento, CA 95814

ACOUST ACOUSTICAL

ADJ ADJUSTABLE

AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR

AP ACCESS PANEL

APPROX APPROXIMATE

ARCH ARCHITECTURAL

BD BOARD

BLDG BUILDING

BLKG BLOCKING

BM BEAM

CJ CONTROL JOINT

CLG CEILING

COL COLUMN

CONT CONTINUOUS

CONTR CONTRACTOR

DIM DIMENSION

DN DOWN

DR DOOR

DTL DETAIL

DWG(S) DRAWING(S)

EE A S T

EA EACH

EE L E V A T I O N

ELEC ELECTRICAL

EQ EQUAL

EQUIP EQUIPMENT

ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN

EXP EXPANSION

EXIST EXISTING

FIN FINISH

FURR FURRING

FV FIELD VERIFY

GA GAUGE

GALV GALVANIZED

GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD

HM HOLLOW METAL

HORIZ HORIZONTAL

HT HEIGHT

ID INSIDE DIAMETER / DIMENSION

IN INCH

INFO INFORMATION

INSUL INSULATION

INT INTERIOR

JST JOIST

MAX MAXIMUM

MFR MANUFACTURER

MIN MINIMUM

MISC MISCELLANEOUS

MTD MOUNTED

NN O R T H

N / A NOT APPLICABLE

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NTS NOT TO SCALE

OC ON CENTER

OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER / DIMENSION

OH OPPOSITE HAND

OVHD OVERHEAD

PLYWD PLYWOOD

PTD PAINTED

QTY QUANTITY

R RISER OR RADIUS

RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

REQ'D REQUIRED

REV REVISION

RM ROOM

RO ROUGH OPENING

SS O U T H

SC SOLID CORE

SCHED SCHEDULE

SECT SECTION

SF SQUARE FOOT (FEET)

SP SPACING

SPEC SPECIFICATION

SPHD SPRINKLER HEAD

SPKR SPEAKER

SQ SQUARE

SS STAINLESS STEEL

STD STANDARD

STL STEEL

STOR STORAGE

SY (SQ YD) SQUARE YARD(S)

T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE

TYP TYPICAL

UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

W / WITH

W / I WITHIN

W / O WITHOUT

WD WOOD

DIMENSIONING CRITERIA

PARTITION
All drawings are intended to be complementary. Notify the architect of any dimensioning discrepancy prior to proceeding.

Dimensions are to outside face of gypsum board/stud walls.

Dimensions are as identified on the documents or as established by criteria as follows:

1. DIMENSIONS WILL NOT BE SHOWN FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
-When partition is centered on grid line.
-When partition is shown flush with column face.
-When partition is shown flush with grid line.
-when partition is centered on glazing mullion.

2. MASONRY/METAL STUD WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISHED FACE. 4" TYPICAL FOR STUD PARTITIONS
-When one jamb is located adjacent to a column, the following diagram applies:
8" TYPICAL - FOR MASONRY PARTITIONS
4" TYPICAL - FOR STUD PARTITIONS

PARTITION
COLUMN
(UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)
(UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)
& CONCRETE
(UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)

3. FOR OPENINGS IN PARTITIONS OR WALLS: (OPENINGS, DOOR, WINDOW, LOUVER) -When an opening occurs at gridline, no dimensions will be shown, Width will be established by either criteria or schedules.
-When neither jamb occurs at a partition intersection, at a column or at a gridline; one jamb will be located dimensionally by the detail. -When one jamb is located adjacent to a partition intersection, the following diagram applies:

INTERSECTING PARTITION

DOOR AS SCHEDULED
X
X

DETAIL REFERENCE SYMBOLS

GRAPHIC SYMBOL STANDARDS

BUILDING/WALL SECTION REFERENCE SYMBOL

INTERIOR ELEVATION/DETAIL SYMBOL

DETAIL SYMBOL
4 1A6-3
A8-1
1 NOTE
A7-3
1 NOTE
A8-2
1 NOTE

AREA TO BE DETAILED
Detail Number (Detail 1) On Sheet A8-1
Discipline (Architecture)
Sheet Number
Detail Number (Drawing 1 On Sheet A7-3)
Discipline (Architecture)
Drawing Category
Sheet Number
Detail Number (Drawing 4 On Sheet A6-3)
Discipline (Architecture)
Drawing Category
Sequential Sheet Number
3 4
1 2
A6-3
NOTE
Detail Number (Detail 1) On Sheet A8-2
Discipline (Architecture)
Drawing Category (Details = 8)
Sequential Sheet Number

COLUMN AND / OR GRID LINES
A
1 16'0 32'8'
NORTH
0' - 0"
Level 1
0' - 0"
8" TYPICAL FOR MASONRY PARTITIONS
1 FLOOR ELEVATION LEVEL SYMBOL

CENTERLINE SYBMOL / GRID LINE

GRAPHIC SCALE SYMBOL

NORTH ARROW SYMBOL

SPOT ELEVATION SYMBOL
Drawing Category

REVISION SYMBOL
Area Revised
Revision Number

ROOM / SPACE IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL
1B.02

ROOM NAME
Building Level
Room Number
Area / Sector

ABBREVIATIONS
1 EW EZ
9 9
18 18
50 50
59 59
77 Q AZ BR ED EK EQ
5 1
34 34
J ST.
13TH ST.
14TH ST.

K ST.
15TH
ST.
12345 6 7 89 1 0 1 1 1 2
CHURCH
AA
SJSA
SW5
SD
UPUP
SXEZ.1
SW2.5

COMMUNITY CENTER

THEATER

EXHIBIT HALL DEXHIBIT HALL CEXHIBIT HALL BEXHIBIT HALL A

NORTH LOBBY
EAST
LOBBY
WEST
LOBBY
NOTE: There is no scope of work on
this level. Shown for reference only.

EW
EW EZ
9 9
18 18
50 50
59 59
65 Q AZ BR
ED
ED
EK
EK
EQ
EQ
5 1
34 34
CHURCH

OPEN TO
BELOW

OPEN TO BELOW
AA
SJSASW5 SD
EAST

TERRACE

OPEN TO
BELOW
DN
DNDN
SXEZ.1
SW2.5

BALLROOM BBALLROOM A
Legend:

Extent of Work
Extent of Work for Ballroom B:
1) Lay-in acoustical ceiling replacement - Refer to A1-2. 2) Gypsum board ceiling selective demolition and replacement - Refer to A1-2. 3) Terminal air unit upgrades - Refer to Mechancial.
4) Lighting upgrades - Refer to Electrical.

MEETING ROOMS 1-4
MTG ROOMS 5-8
MTG ROOMS 9-11
MTG ROOMS 12-16
A1-2
1 PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
TM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
September 8, 2021
9/8/2021 10:20:26 AM
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS

PROJECT

INFORMATION
A1-1

17.4465
09/08/21
2019
1/2" = 1'-0"A1-1
1 ABBREVIATIONS, LEGENDS, AND GENERAL
NOTES
1" = 50'-0"A1-1
2 01 - GROUND LEVEL REFERENCE PLAN
1" = 50'-0"A1-1
3 02 - UPPER LEVEL REFERENCE PLAN
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION

18 25
43 50

ED EF EG EH EK EM EN EO EQ
34 MEN
E2E27
STAIR 13
E2FST13
JAN
E2F50OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
303
E2F32

PREFUNCTION
E2D01

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
306
E2F30

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
304
E2F31

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
308
E2F29

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
311
E2F28

SERVICE CORRIDOR
E2F37

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
321
E2C09

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
323
E2C10

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
326
E2C11

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
330
E2C12

OPERABLE WALL STORAGE
331
E2C13 JAN
E2C47
WOMEN
E2C21

PREFUNCTION
E2D01

BALLROOM B
E2C4625' - 0" FV
25' - 1" FV 25' - 11" FV 26' - 8" FV 26' - 10" FV DIFFUSER ETR

DIFFUSER ETR

DIFFUSER ETRDIFFUSER ETR

DIFFUSER ETR DIFFUSER ETR

DIFFUSER ETR DIFFUSER ETR

DIFFUSER ETR
25' - 1" FV26' - 8" FV25' - 11" FV26' - 10" FV
28' - 6" FV
28' - 6" FV
25' - 6" FV
31' - 6" FV
25' - 6" FV 25' - 6" FV 25' - 6" FV 25' - 6" FV
31' - 6" FV31' - 6" FV
31' - 6" FV
25' - 6" FV

SSSSSSSS

SS S S SS SS

S S SS SS S S

S S SS SS S S

SS S S SS SS

SSSSSSSS

OPERABLE PARTITION ETR

OPERABLE PARTITION ETR

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN

SLOPE DOWN
31' - 6" FV31' - 6" FV
2'-0" FULL TILE

AS REQUIRED

CUT TILE

HALF TILE
1' - 0"

FULL TILE
2' - 0"

HALF TILE
1' - 0"

FULL TILE
2' - 0"

HALF TILE
1' - 0"

HALF TILE
1' - 0"

FULL TILE
2' - 0"

FULL TILE
2' - 0"
1'-0" HALF TILE TO ALIGN WITH
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, TYP.

ALIGN
ALIGN
2'-0" FULL TILE

AS REQUIRED

CUT TILE

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING ETR
REPLACE LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEM, TYP.

NEW LAYOUT TO MATCH EXISTING.

NEW CEILING SYSTEM TO MATCH

EXISTING, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
PRODUCT WITH OWNER. REINSTALL
CEILING DEVICES AS REQUIRED.

HALF TILE
1' - 0"

FULL TILE
2' - 0"

HALF TILE
1' - 0"
31' - 6" FV 31' - 6" FV

REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD

CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR TAU
WORK ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE

NEW GYPSUM BOARD AT SAME

ELEVATION AS EXISTING PAINTED TO
MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL
CEILING DEVICES AS REQUIRED.

PREFUNCTION
E2D01

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING ETR

LIGHT BOX TO BE REMOVED AND
REINSTALLED, TYP. RE: 2/A1-2
-
---
3 A1-2

EXISTING

LIGHT COVE

ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE

GYPSUM BOARD - EXISTING TO REMAIN
2' X 2' LAY-IN-GRID
1' X 2' LAY-IN-GRID

CEILING SPEAKER - EXISTING TO REMAIN

LIGHT FIXTURE - TO BE REPLACED, REFER TO ELECTRICAL

FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD - EXISTING TO REMAIN

RIGGING POINT - EXISTING TO REMAIN

SUPPLY DIFFUSER - EXISTING TO REMAIN

RETURN AIR GRILLE OR EXHAUST - EXISTING TO REMAIN

OPERABLE PARTITION & TRACK - EXISTING TO REMAIN
S

GYPSUM BOARD
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
TM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
September 8, 2021
9/8/2021 10:25:24 AM
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS

BALLROOM B RCP
A1-2

17.4465
09/08/21
2019
1/8" = 1'-0"A1-2
1 BALLROOM B RCP
GENERAL NOTES:

RCP LEGEND:

SCOPE OF WORK IS TO REPLACE THE EXISTING LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEM IN BALLROOM B. THIS INCLUDES NEW CEILING TILE, GRID AND ANY REQUIRED SEISMIC BRACING. THE NEW CEILING SYSTEM IS TO BE INSTALLED TO MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT AND ELEVATIONS. CEILING LAYOUT AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSEBLE FOR FIELD VERIFIYING EXISTING CONDITIONS.

THERE IS SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO WORK ABOVE CEILING, REFER TO RCP FOR LOCATIONS.

NEW GYPSUM BOARD CEILING IS TO BE INSTALLED TO MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT AND ELEVATIONS. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. THE EXTENT OF GYPSUM BOARD

CEILING TO REMAIN IN PLACE, SHADED AS GRAY, IS BASED ON AS-

BUILT DRAWINGS
AND SHOULD BE FIELD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR.

CEILING DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS

RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING EXISTING LOCATIONS AND TO REINSTALL ALL EXISTING DEVICES AS REQUIRED WHERE CEILING SYSTEM IS REPLACED.

BALLROOM B CEILING EXISTING CEILING - VIEW LOOKING WEST BAL LROOM B CEILING EXISTING CEILING - VIEW LOOKING NORTH

LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEM

TO BE REPLACED

THROUGHOUT BALLROOM

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND
BULKHEAD TO REMAIN, TYP.

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND
BULKHEAD TO REMAIN, TYP.

FOR REFERENCE ONLY FOR REFERENCE ONLY

REINSTALL EXISTING CEILING
DEVICES AS REQUIRED, TYP.

OPERABLE PARTITION

AND TRACK TO REMAIN

LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEM TO BE

REPLACED THROUGHOUT BALLROOM

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND
BULKHEAD TO REMAIN, TYP.

EN 4343
EK

REMOVE AND REPLACE

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

REMOVE AND REPLACE

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

LIGHT BOX TO BE REMOVED FOR LIGHT
REPLACEMENT AND REINSTALLED, TYP.

REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR

LIGHT REMOVAL AND

REPLACEMENT

EXISTING LIGHT BOX

FOR REFERENCE ONLY
2 A1-2

EXISTING LIGHT COVE

FOR REFERENCE ONLY
3 A1-2

REMOVE ACRYLIC

LENS COVER FOR

LIGHT REPLACEMENT
AND REINSTALL, TYP.

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION

PIPING LINETYPES

THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE)

CONTROLS
46"
46"

PIPING SYMBOLSSTANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT

MECHANICAL SYMBOLS
THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. V2.07

HVAC DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES
1 ANNOTATION

MECHANICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR

FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)

CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING
DETAIL REFERENCE. UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL

NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER

SECTION CUT DESIGNATION

DEDICATED EQUIPMENT ACCESS TILE

ACCESS PANEL

INSTALL DEVICES AT THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNO IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ABOVE OR

ELSEWHERE IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE AFF OR AFG TO TOP OF THE DEVICE UNO. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS.

ABBREVIATIONS
A/C
ACC
ACCU
AFC
AFF
AFG
AHJ
AHU
AI
AO
AP
APD
AWG
B
BAS
BB
BD
BD
BFC
BFF
BFG
BFP
BHP
BI
BO
BOD
BOS
BTU
CFM
CH
CLG
CP
CPT
CRAC
CRU
CT
CV
CWP
CU
CHWP
DB
DBA
DDC
DI
DISC
DN
DS
DX
(E)
EA
EAT
ED
EDB
EF
EFF
EMS
ESP
ETR
EWB
EWT
FCU
FFA
FFB
FF
FPI
FPM
GC
GPM
HOA
HP
HTG

AIR CONDITIONING

AIR COOLED CHILLER

AIR COOLED CONDENSING
UNIT

ABOVE FINISHED CEILING

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ABOVE FINISHED GRADE

AUTHORITY HAVING

JURISDICTION

AIR HANDLING UNIT

ANALOG INPUT

ANALOG OUTPUT

ACCESS PANEL

AIR PRESSURE DROP

AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BOILER

BUILDING AUTOMATION
SYSTEM

BACKBONE

BACKDRAFT DAMPER

BLOWDOWN

BELOW FINISHED CEILING

BELOW FINISHED FLOOR

BELOW FINISHED GRADE

BOILER FEED PUMP

BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BINARY INPUT

BINARY OUTPUT

BOTTOM OF DUCT

BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE

BRITISH THERMAL UNIT

CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE

CHILLER

COOLING

CONDENSATE PUMP

CONTROL POWER

TRANSFORMER

COMPUTER ROOM AIR

CONDITIONING UNIT

COMPUTER ROOM UNIT

COOLING TOWER

CONTROL VALVE

CONDENSER

WATER PUMP

CONDENSING UNIT

CHILLED WATER PUMP

DECIBELS

DECIBEL AVERAGE

DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL

DIGITAL INPUT

DISCONNECT
DOWN

DUCT SILENCER

DIRECT EXPANSION

EXISTING

EXHAUST AIR

ENTERING

AIR TEMPERATURE

EXHAUST DUCT

ENTERING DRY BULB

EXHAUST FAN

EFFICIENCY

ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM

EXTERNAL STATIC

PRESSURE

EXISTING TO REMAIN

ENTERING WET BULB

ENTERING WATER

TEMPERATURE

FAN COIL UNIT

FROM FLOOR ABOVE

FROM FLOOR BELOW

FINISHED FLOOR

FINS PER INCH

FEET PER MINUTE

GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GALLONS PER MINUTE

HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC

HORSEPOWER

HEATING
HWP
IN WC
L
LAT
LDB
LP
LWB
LWT
MAU
MAX
MBH
MD
MFR
MIN
N/A
N/C
N/O
NOM
NC
NF
NIC
OA
PICV

PROVIDE
QTY
RA
RC
RD
REA
RF
RFR
RH
RH
RPM
RTU
SA
SCP
SD
SD
SF
SH
SOW
SP
ST
STM
TBD
TC/C
TCP
TF
TFA
TFB
TH
TSP
TT
TYP
U/F
U/G
U/S
UH
UNO
VAV
VEL
VFD
VRF
VRV
W/
W/O
WB
WC
WPD
XP

HEATING WATER PUMP

INCHES OF WATER
COLUMN
LOUVER

LEAVING AIR

TEMPERATURE

LEAVING DRY BULB

LOW PRESSURE

LEAVING WET BULB

LEAVING WATER

TEMPERATURE

MAKE-UP AIR UNIT

MAXIMUM
1000 BTU PER HOUR

MOTORIZED DAMPER

MANUFACTURER

MINIMUM

NOT APPLICABLE

NORMALLY CLOSED

NORMALLY OPEN

NOMINAL

NOISE CRITERIA

NON-FUSED

NOT IN CONTRACT

OUTSIDE AIR
PRESSURE INDEP.

CONTROL VALVE

FURNISH AND INSTALL

QUANTITY

RETURN AIR

ROOM CRITERIA

RETURN DUCT

RELIEF AIR

RETURN FAN

REFRIGERANT

RELATIVE HUMIDITY

ROOF HOOD

REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE

ROOFTOP UNIT

SUPPLY AIR

STEAM CONDENSATE PUMP

SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR

SUPPLY DUCT

SUPPLY FAN

SENSIBLE HEAT CAPACITY

SCOPE OF WORK

STATIC PRESSURE

STEAM TRAP
STEAM

TO BE DETERMINED

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

CONTRACTOR

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
PANEL

TRANSFER FAN

TO FLOOR ABOVE

TO FLOOR BELOW

TOTAL HEAT CAPACITY

TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE

TEMPERATURE

TRANSMITTAL

TYPICAL

UNDERFLOOR

UNDERGROUND

UNDERSLAB

UNIT HEATER

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

VARIABLE AIR VOLUME

VELOCITY

VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVE

VARIABLE REFRIGERANT
FLOW

VARIABLE REFRIGERANT
VOLUME
WITH

WITHOUT

WET BULB

WATER COLUMN

WATER PRESSURE DROP

EXPLOSION PROOF
1 M1
1 M1
CU
1 NPW
RL
CWR
CWS
HCR
HCS
CHWR
CHWS
HWR
HWS
LPC
LPS
HPC
FOV
FOR
FOS
BFW
HPS
LPG
G
MPG
G
MPG
CD
ACD
CPD
RD
RDB
RV
RS
AV
MV

DIRECTION OF FLOW

CONTROL VALVE

THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE

SHUTOFF VALVE

CHECK VALVE

BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS

TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS

STRAINER

STRAINER WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE

RELIEF / SAFETY VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR

THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE

PIPE ANCHOR

EXPANSION JOINT

PIPE GUIDE

PIPING SUPPORT

F & T TRAP

BUCKET TRAP

THERMOSTATIC TRAP

BACKFLOW PREVENTER

PRESSURE GAUGE

THERMOMETER

PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUG
UNION

FLANGE CONNECTION

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

AUTOMATIC AIR VENT

MANUAL AIR VENT

PRESSURE / VACUUM SWITCH

CLEANOUT
CAP

ELBOW UP

ELBOW DOWN
TEE UP

TEE DOWN

ELBOW UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)

ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)

TEE UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)

TEE DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV)

REDUCER

RECIRCULATION PUMP
P-TRAP

GAS COCK

TOP BEAM CLAMP

TRAPEZE HANGER

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
PA

HUMIDISTAT

THERMOSTAT

CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR

CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR

FLOW SWITCH

HUMIDITY SENSOR

PULL STATION

REMOTE TESTING STATION WITH INDICATING LIGHT

STATIC PRESSURE

TEMPERATURE SENSOR
T
H
CO
FS
PS
DP
CO2

HVAC CONTROL DEVICES
HS

LINETYPE LEGEND

THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINETYPES ARE USED IN

COMBINATION WITH THE SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS

EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED IN THE FUTURE.

THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS IS NOT

INTENDED TO FULLY DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING,

WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR
RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING

LINETYPES MAY BE USED ON ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE, ETC.

EXISTING

DEMOLISH
NEW
FUTURE
RT
TS
SP

EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED

EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN

CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD)

AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN (ACD)

NON-POTABLE WATER (NPW)

NATURAL GAS (G)

NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (G)

MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS (MPG)

MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (MGP)

FUEL OIL SUPPLY (FOS)

FUEL OIL RETURN (FOR)

FUEL OIL VENT (FOV)

LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG)

BOILER FEED WATER (BFW)

HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (HPS)

HIGH PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (HPC)

LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (LPS)

LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (LPC)

CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE (CPD)

HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY (HWS)

HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR)

CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (CHWS)

CHILLED WATER RETURN (CHWR)

HOT / CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (HCS)

HOT / CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (HCR)

CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY (CWS)

CONDENSER WATER RETURN (CWR)

REFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL)

REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) (RD)

REFRIGERANT SUCTION (RS)

REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE BYPASS (RDB)

REFRIGERANT VENT (RV)

LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER
INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (MAX. 5'-0" LONG)
BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° RECTANGLE-ROUND

BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER

ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES

BRANCH DUCT WITH BELL-MOUTH FITTING &

MANUAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER

DUCT UP

DUCT DOWN

EXHAUST AIR

EXHAUST AIR - GREASE

OUTSIDE AIR

RELIEF AIR

RETURN AIR

SPECIAL EXHAUST

SUPPLY AIR

EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION
10" (NECK SIZE)
CSD-1 (TYPE)
300 CFM (CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER)
24x24 (NECK SIZE)
CEG-1 (TYPE)
800 CFM (CFM OF EXHAUST GRILLE)

EQUIPMENT ACCESS TILE (IN ACT CEILINGS)

ACCESS PANEL (IN GYPSUM)

MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER

SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION

DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR
(SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN)

ROUND DUCT TAG INDICATING DIAMETER

RECTANGULAR DUCT TAG INDICATING INTERNAL
DUCT DIMENSIONS.

FLAT OVAL DUCT TAG INDICATING INTERNAL DUCT

DIMENSIONS

RISER DESIGNATION

FIRE DAMPER

FIRE SMOKE DAMPER

SMOKE DAMPER

VOLUME DAMPER

MOTORIZED DAMPER

BACKDRAFT DAMPER
FSD
SD
FD
VD
MD
BD
#
RD
ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS.

REFER TO DUCTWORK SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK INSULATION AND LINER INFORMATION.

XX" Ø
XX" x XX"
XX' / XX"
EA
GEA
OA
REA
EA
XEA
SA

CALL OUTS

ENLARGED PLAN CALLOUT

NOT IN SCOPE

1. THE EXISTING CEILING PLENUM IS VERY CONGESTED WITH CEILING SUPPORT FRAMING THROUGHOUT THE CENTER SECTION OF THE BALLROOM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PROVISIONS TO INSPECT THE CEILING PLENUM PRIOR TO PROJECT BID. DUCT AND PIPE

ROUTING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMATIC AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALLOWANCE TO MAKE ROUTING

MODIFICATIONS TO AVOID CONCEALED FRAMING OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS WHICH MAY ONLY BECOME EVIDENT ONCE THE LAY-IN PORTIONS OF THE CEILING CAN BE REMOVED, ALLOWING FULL VIEW OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.

2. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT.

REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID.

3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT “AS-BUILT” CONDITIONS.

FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.

4. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION.

INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS.

COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY

MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.

5. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING NEW WORK, COORDINATE SHUTDOWN TIME AND DURATION WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. NOTIFY OWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE.

6. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.

7. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO CONTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK TO THE AREA WHERE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED.

8. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

9. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND

PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT.

10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM.

11. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS BECOME WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST.

12. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED.

13. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE ROOF.

14. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT.

15. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS.

16. FOR HYDRONIC PIPING TO EQUIPMENT, MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZE FOR STEEL AND COPPER PIPE IS 3/4 INCH. USE THIS CRITERIA WHERE PIPE SIZES ARE NOT SHOWN ON PLAN.

17. DRAIN, FLUSH, AND REFILL ALL PIPING SYSTEMS NECESSARY TO PERFORM THE WORK. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLUSHING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMIT FLUSHING PLAN TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. PROVIDE CHEMICAL TREATMENT FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS AFTER FLUSHING AND REFILLING THE SYSTEM.

18. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR/ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE-OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS.

19. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

20. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY TO ACCOUNT FOR THICKNESS OF DUCT LINER.

21. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5’-0” IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

22. FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT.

GENERAL NEW NOTES:

1. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH WHAT IS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.

2. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT.

REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID.

3. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY-LINED DASHED, AND/OR NOTED TO BE REMOVED.

4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.

5. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS WHERE MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

6. REMOVE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS WHERE DUCTWORK, PIPING AND/OR EQUIPMENT ARE REMOVED AND THE EXISTING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION.

7. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION, INSTALL TEMPORARY CAPS TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR SURFACES UNTIL NEW DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE INSTALLED.

8. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS.

9. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION, COORDINATE SHUTDOWN TIME AND DURATION WITH OWNER TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. NOTIFY OWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE.

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:00 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

MECHANICAL

GENERAL NOTES

AND LEGENDS
M0-0

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

10/7/2021
10/11/2021

37 43
49 50
51 EF EG EH EK EM EN EO EQ
34 VAV
11-9
VAV
11-10
(ETR)
VAV 8-14
(ETR)
VAV 8-15
(ETR)
VAV 8-16
(ETR)
VAV 8-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-15
(ETR)
VAV 9-16
(ETR)
VAV 9-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-18
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3
VAV
9-4
VAV
9-5
VAV
9-6
VAV
9-7
VAV
9-8
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-12
VAV
9-14
VAV
9-1
VAV
12-8
VAV
12-9
(ETR)
VAV 8-18
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-2
VAV
8-3
VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
8-6 VAV
8-7
VAV
8-8
VAV
8-9
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-12
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-13
38"Ø SA (ETR) 30"Ø SA (ETR) 22"Ø SA (ETR)
60"x60" RA (ETR)
60"x52" SA (ETR) 60"x42" SA (ETR) 60"x30" SA (ETR) 42"x24" SA (ETR) 60"x54" SA (ETR) 60"x52" SA (ETR) 60"x42" SA (ETR) 60"x30" SA (ETR) 42"x24" SA (ETR) 46"Ø SA (ETR) 44"Ø SA (ETR) 44"x36" SA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)42"Ø RA (ETR)50"Ø RA (ETR)
60"x56" RA (ETR)
28"Ø28"x14"
20"x18"
24"x14"
18"x14" 18"x14"
24"x14"
28"Ø
18"x14" 18"x14"
20"x18"
24"x14"
18"x14" 18"x14"
28"Ø
24"x18"
24"x14"
24"x14"
18"Ø
16"x14"
16"x14"
16"x14" 18"Ø
16"x14"
28"Ø
28"x14"
24"x14"
20"x18"
18"x14"18"x14"
24"x14"
28"Ø
20"x18"
18"x14"18"x14"
24"x14"
18"x14"
24"x18"
18"x14"
28"Ø 24"x14"
24"x14"
18"Ø
18"Ø
16"x14"
16"x14"
16"x14"
16"x14"
22"Ø SA (ETR)
22"Ø SA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
22"Ø SA (ETR)22"Ø SA (ETR)
(TYP)
1 (TYP)
2 (TYP)
3 10"Ø SA (ETR) 12"Ø SA14"Ø SA 10"Ø SA(ETR) (ETR) (ETR) ETR (TYP 4)

ALL WORK ABOVE AREA WITHIN DASHED

BOX WAS NOT ABLE TO BE FIELD VERIFIED

DUE TO LACK OF ABOVE CEILING ACCESS
DURING DESIGN PHASE. DEMOLITION

PLANS ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL DESIGN
DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD

VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH
NEW WORK PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY

EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT DO NOT

ALLOW FOR DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW
WORK TO BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED.

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:18 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

HVAC DEMO

BALLROOM B
MD1-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1/8" = 1'-0"1 HVAC DEMO PLAN BALLROOM B
1 AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, EXISTING BRANCH DUCTWORK A ND FLEX DUCTS SERVING DIFFUSERS MAY REMAIN IN PLACE TO BE REUSED. INSPECT ALL

SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS AND REPAIR ANY LEAKAGE AND DAMAGED INSULATION.
2 ALL SLOT DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED SUPPLY PLENUMS S HALL REMAIN FOR REUSE.
3 REMOVE VAV TERMINAL UNITS AS INDICATED INCLUDING S UPPORTS AND HANGERS. ALL PRIMARY AIR CONNECTIONS MUST BE REMOVED AND SEALED. ALL CONTROL POWER WIRING MUST BE DISCONNECTED AT ITS SOURCE.

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

17 18
19 25
31 37
43 49
50 51

EE EF EG EH EJ EK EL EM EN EO EP EQ ER
34 37.5

43.5 50"Ø RA (ETR) 42"Ø RA (ETR) 30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
46"Ø SA (ETR) 44"Ø SA (ETR) 44"x36" SA (ETR)
60"x54" SA (ETR)
60"x52" SA (ETR)
60"x30" SA (ETR)
42"x24" SA (ETR)
60"x42" SA (ETR)
60"x30" SA (ETR)
42"x24" SA (ETR)
38"Ø SA (ETR) 30"Ø SA (ETR) 22"Ø SA (ETR)
16"x16" SA (ETR)
14"Ø SA10"Ø SA 12"Ø SA 10"Ø SA
10"Ø SA(TYP 4)
42"Ø RA (ETR) 38"Ø RA (ETR) 34"Ø RA (ETR)
32"Ø SA
60"x60" RA (ETR)
60"x56" RA (ETR)
60"x42" SA (ETR)
20"Ø SA
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-12
VAV
8-13
20"x14" SA 20"x14" SA
20"x14" SA
20"x14" SA
20"x18" SA
32"Ø SA
VAV
8-7
VAV
8-8
VAV
8-9
28"x14" SA
18"x14" SA
24"x18" SA
32"Ø SA16"Ø SA30"Ø SA
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-2
VAV
8-3 VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
8-6
20"x18" SA 18"x14" SA18"x14" SA
18"x14" SA
18"x14" SA18"x14" SA18"x14" SA
18"x14" SA 18"x14" SA 18"x14" SA
20"Ø SA
32"Ø SA
20"Ø SA
24"Ø SA
24"x18" SA
28"x14" SA
14"x14" SA
24"x14" SA 20"x18" SA
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3 VAV
9-4
VAV
9-1
16"x16" SA
18"x14" SA 18"x14" SA 24"x18" SA
24"x18" SA
28"x14" SA
18"x14" SA
18"x14" SA
28"x14" SA
20"x18" SA18"x14" SA
22"Ø SA
VAV
12-9
VAV
9-8
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-12
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-14
VAV
9-5
VAV
9-6 VAV
9-7
20"x14" SA
20"x14" SA20"x14" SA
20"x14" SA
VAV
12-8
22"Ø SA
22"Ø SA (ETR) 22"Ø SA (ETR)
24"x18" SA
18"x14" SA
28"x14" SA
14"x14" SA
28"x14" SA
24"x18" SA 24"x14" SA
20"Ø SA
VAV
11-9
22"Ø SA (ETR)
22"Ø SA
22"Ø SA (ETR)
22"Ø SA VAV
11-10
20"Ø SA20"Ø SA30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
30"Ø RA (ETR)
1 1
11 20"Ø SA
60"x54" SA (ETR)
B8
E2E18
1294 SF
B6
E2C17
3043 SF
B4
E2C16
3043 SF
B2
E2C15
2974 SF

BALLROOM
B
E2C46
1318 SF
B1
E2F22
2932 SF
B3
E2F23
3000 SF
B5
E2F24
3000 SF
B9
E2F26
1269 SF

PREFUNCTION
E2D01
22058 SF
B1
E2F22
2932 SF
B3
E2F23
3000 SF
B5
E2F24
3000 SF
B7
E2F25
1269 SF

PREFUNCTION
E2D01
22058 SF
B10
E2C19
1297 SF
B6
E2C17
3043 SF
B4
E2C16
3043 SF
B2
E2C15
2974 SF

PREFUNCTION
E2D01
22058 SF
WOMEN
E2C21
993 SF
MEN
E2E27
884 SF
(TYP)
2 3
(TYP)
4 4
M3-1
(TYP)
5 M3-1
(TYP)
6 M3-1
(TYP)
7 M3-1
(TYP)
(ETR)
VAV 8-14
(ETR)
VAV 8-15
(ETR)
VAV 8-18
(ETR)
VAV 8-16
(ETR)
VAV 8-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-15
(ETR)
VAV 9-16
(ETR)
VAV 9-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-18
3 3 3
(TYP 116)
5 ALL WORK ABOVE AREA WITHIN DASHED

BOX WAS NOT ABLE TO BE FIELD VERIFIED

DUE TO LACK OF ABOVE CEILING ACCESS
DURING DESIGN PHASE. DEMOLITION

PLANS ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL DESIGN
DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD

VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH
NEW WORK PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY

EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT DO NOT

ALLOW FOR DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW
WORK TO BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED.

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:34 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

HVAC PLAN

BALLROOM B
M1-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1 FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING DUCTWORK
FOR NEW CONNECTION.
2 AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL
PRIMARY AIR DUCT TAPS, 2" GREATER THAN TERMINAL

UNIT INLET SIZE, FROM DUCT MAIN TO VAV BOX IN LIEU OF
MANIFOLD DUCT SHOWN.
3 PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PENETRATION TREATMENT AT

DUCT PENETRATION THROUGH ABOVE CEILING BULKHEAD
LOCATED ABOVE EACH OPERABLE PARTITION WALL.
4 ALL SLOT DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED SUPPLY PLENUMS
ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE NEW 12"Ø DUCT
CONNECTION TO SUPPLY PLENUMS. FIELD VERIFY
EXISTING BRANCH DUCT CONNECTION ARRANGEMENT.
5 TOTAL SCHEDULED CFM OF EACH VAV BOX SHALL BE
EVENLY SPLIT THROUGH CONNECTED DIFFUSERS.

PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED BALANCING DAMPERS AS
REQUIRED. TERMINATE CABLE OPERATORS IN
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. CLEARLY LABEL
DAMPER OPERATOR WITH VAV TAG AND DIFFUSER #

CORRELATING TO PLAN MARKUP BY INSTALLING
CONTRACTOR.

MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES
1/8" = 1'-0"1 HVAC PLAN BALLROOM B
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

31 37

EA EB EC ED
34 37.5
60"x60" RA (ETR)
(ETR)
AHU 8
(ETR)
AHU 13
(ETR)
AHU 4
10" CHWR (ETR)
6" HWS (ETR)
10" CHWS (ETR)
6" HWR (ETR) 6" HWR (ETR)
10" CHWS (ETR)
10" CHWR (ETR)
6" HWS (ETR)
2" HWS (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
2" HWS (ETR)
1 2" HWR
2" HWS
22 22
3 4
FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:52 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

MECHANICAL

ENLARGED PLANS
M2-1

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1/4" = 1'-0"1 EXISTING MECHANICAL MEZZANINE PLAN - ENLARGED

MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES
1 FACILITY EXPLORER FX80 SUPERVISORY CONTROLLER TO B E RECONFIGURED FOR INTERFACE TO NEW VAV TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS.
2 PROVIDE ISOLATION VALVE IN HWS BRANCH AND BALANCIN G VALVE IN HWR BRANCH TO ALLOW FOR ISOLATION AND BALANCING OF MODIFIED BRANCH PIPING. PROVIDE 1" VALVED CONNECTIONS TO ALLOW FOR SYSTEM FILL, FLUSHING, AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT. 3 EXISTING BALLROOM VAV TERMINAL UNIT CONTROL POWER IS SUPPLIED FROM TRANSFORMERS IN PANEL WTCP1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT CONFIGURATION AND MODIFY AS REQUIRED TO SERVE NEW TERMINAL UNITS. VERIFY THAT CONTROL POWER IS MAINTAINED AT EXISTING TO REMAIN VAV TERMINAL UNITS.
4 EXISTING BALLROOM VAV TERMINAL UNIT CONTROL POWER IS SUPPLIED FROM TRANSFORMERS IN PANEL WTCP3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT CONFIGURATION AND MODIFY AS REQUIRED TO SERVE NEW TERMINAL UNITS. VERIFY THAT CONTROL POWER IS MAINTAINED AT EXISTING TO REMAIN VAV TERMINAL UNITS.

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

10/11/2021

T

T T T T T T T T T
T

T TTSHS
T TT T

T T T T T T T
T
T T
T
T T
T
CO2
CO2
37 43
49 50
51 EF EG EH EK EM EN EO EQ
34 VAV
11-9
VAV
11-10
(ETR)
VAV 8-14
(ETR)
VAV 8-15
(ETR)
VAV 8-16
(ETR)
VAV 8-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-15
(ETR)
VAV 9-16
(ETR)
VAV 9-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-18
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3
VAV
9-4 VAV
9-5
VAV
9-6
VAV
9-7
VAV
9-8
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-12
VAV
9-14
VAV
9-1
VAV
12-8
VAV
12-9
(ETR)
VAV 8-18
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-2
VAV
8-3
VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
8-6
VAV
8-7
VAV
8-8
VAV
8-9
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-12
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-13
2"2" 1 1/2"1 1/2" 1 1/4"1 1/4" 1"1"
3/4" HWS/R

TYP ALL VAV BOX

CONNECTIONS
2"2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2" 1 1/2"1 1/2"
1 1/4"1 1/4"
2" HWS (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
2" HWS (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
1" HWS (ETR)
1" HWR (ETR)
1" HWR (ETR)
1" HWS (ETR)
1"1"
VAV
8-3
VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
8-6
VAV
8-8
VAV
8-9
VAV
8-7
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-13
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-12
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-2
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3
VAV
9-4
VAV
9-5
VAV
9-6
VAV
9-7
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-8
VAV
12-9
VAV
9-12
VAV
9-14
VAV
12-8
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-1
EMCS
EMCS
VAV
11-9 VAV
11-10
1(TYP ALL DEMO VAV BOXES)

ALL WORK ABOVE AREA WITHIN DASHED

BOX WAS NOT ABLE TO BE FIELD VERIFIED

DUE TO LACK OF ABOVE CEILING ACCESS
DURING DESIGN PHASE. DEMOLITION

PLANS ARE BASED ON ORIGINAL DESIGN
DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD

VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH
NEW WORK PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY

EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT DO NOT

ALLOW FOR DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW
WORK TO BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED.

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:28 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

PIPING DEMO

BALROOM B
MPD1-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1 REMOVE EXISTING TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND CONTROL WI RING AS INDICATED. TEMPERATURE SENSOR ROUGH-IN SHALL BE USED FOR NEW SENSOR INSTALLATION. REMOVE ANY ADDITIONAL CONTROL DEVICES SUCH AS HUMIDITY OR CO2 SENSORS ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLISHED VAV TERMINAL UNITS. PATCH

AND SEAL WALL PENETRATIONS THAT WILL NOT BE USED FOR NEW SENSOR INSTALLATION AND PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH.

MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES
1/8" = 1'-0"1 PIPING DEMO PLAN BALLROOM B
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

TS TS

TS TS TS
TS

TS TS TS TS TS TS
TS

TSTSTSTS
TSTS
TS

TSTSTSTSTSTSTS
TS

TS TS TS
17 18
19 25
31 37
43 49
50 51

EE EF EG EH EJ EK EL EM EN EO EP EQ ER
34 37.5

43.5 1" HWR (ETR)
1" HWS (ETR)
(ETR)
VAV 8-14
(ETR)
VAV 8-15
(ETR)
VAV 8-16
(ETR)
VAV 8-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-15
(ETR)
VAV 9-16
(ETR)
VAV 9-17
(ETR)
VAV 9-18
(ETR)
VAV 8-18
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3
VAV
9-4
VAV
9-1
VAV
9-5
VAV
9-6
VAV
9-7
VAV
12-8
VAV
12-9
VAV
9-8
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-12
VAV
9-14
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-2
VAV
8-3
VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
8-6
VAV
8-7
VAV
8-8 VAV
8-9
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-12
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-13
VAV
11-9
VAV
11-10
1 1/2" HWR
2" HWR
2" HWR 1 1/4" HWR 1" HWR
2" HWR
2" HWS
2" HWS
VAV
8-3
VAV
8-4
VAV
8-5
VAV
11-9
VAV
8-2
VAV
8-1
VAV
8-6
VAV
8-8
VAV
8-7
VAV
8-9
VAV
8-10
VAV
8-13
VAV
11-10
VAV
8-11
VAV
8-12
VAV
9-13
VAV
9-11
VAV
9-14
VAV
9-12
VAV
12-9
VAV
9-10
VAV
9-9
VAV
9-8
VAV
9-7
VAV
9-6
VAV
9-5
VAV
9-4
VAV
12-8
VAV
9-2
VAV
9-3
VAV
9-1
(TYP)
1(TYP ALL REPLACED VAV BOXES)
2" HWS
3/4" HWS/R

TYP ALL

BRANCH PIPING

TO VAV BOXES
2" HWR2" HWS 1 1/2" HWR 1 1/2" HWS
1 1/2" HWS
1 1/2" HWR
1 1/4" HWR 1 1/4" HWS
1" HWS
1" HWR
1" HWS
1" HWS (ETR)
1" HWR (ETR)
1 1/4" HWS
1 1/2" HWS
1 1/2" HWR
1 1/2" HWS
2" HWS (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
2" HWR (ETR)
2" HWS (ETR)

7.3 GPM

DOWNSTREAM OF

NEW CONNECTION

9.2 GPM

DOWNSTREAM OF

NEW CONNECTION

BRANCH TOTAL
FLOW = 31.6 GPM

BRANCH TOTAL
FLOW = 29.7 GPM

ROUTE NEW BRANCH PIPING

OVER ACCESSIBLE PORTION
OF CEILING. TYP.
2 2
2 8
M3-1
(TYP)
1 M3-1
3 M3-1
2 M3-1
(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)
FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/8/2021 9:19:45 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

PIPING PLAN

BALLROOM B
MP1-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
ERIC C. TAYLOR
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814

MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES
1/8" = 1'-0"1 PIPING PLAN BALLROOM B
1 PROVIDE NEW TEMPERATURE SENSOR AT EXISTING ROUGH-I N LOCATION.

REPAIR/PAINT SURROUNDING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR A CLEAN INSTALLATION. 2 PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PENETRATION TREATMENT AT PIPE P ENETRATIONS

THROUGH ABOVE CEILING BULKHEAD LOCATED ABOVE EACH OPERABLE PARTITION WALL.

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

1. CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE PROVISIONS TO

PROVIDE ALL SERVICES RELATED TO THE CODE REQUIRED

BUILDING SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING, FUNCTIONAL

PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING, RELATED
DOCUMENTATION, REPORTS, AND OWNER TRAINING. THIS
INCLUDES RETAINING THE SERVICES OF A 3RD PARTY

ENGINEER AND CERTIFIED LIGHTING CONTROLS
ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN (CLCATT) AS REQUIRED.

REFER TO THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 PART 6 AND PART 11 FOR MORE
INFORMATION.

2. ALL APPLICABLE LIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS AND

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AS INSTALLED SHALL

COMPLY WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF
CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 PART 6 SECTION 110.0, AND ANY
OTHER STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS.

3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL

DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT
ACTUAL "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. VERIFY EXISTING
CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BID.

COORDINATE NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK WITH ALL
OTHER TRADES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS.

4. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND OWNER, AS

APPLICABLE, IF ANY DANGEROUS CONDITIONS EXIST ON

JOB SITE BEFORE ANY DEMOLITION OR REMODEL WORK
BEGINS.

5. COORDINATE ANY NECESSARY POWER OUTAGES WITH

THE LANDLORD AND OWNER AND MAKE EVERY ATTEMPT

TO SCHEDULE DURING NON-BUSINESS OR OFF-PEAK

BUSINESS HOURS TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO BUSINESS
OPERATIONS. REQUESTS FOR ELECTRICAL SHUTDOWNS

OF THE LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN

WRITING TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDLORD AT LEAST
7 DAYS IN ADVANCE. SHUTDOWNS SHALL NOT BE

PERFORMED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE
LANDLORD.

6. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLOOR CHASING OR CORE

DRILLING SHALL REQUIRE THE SPECIFIC APPROVAL OF THE
LANDLORD AND OWNER. ALL WORK IN COMMON AREAS,

SHAFTS OR OTHER OWNER SPACES MUST BE

SPECIFICALLY REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE
LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED.

MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE TO OTHER BUILDING TENANTS.

7. FOR AREAS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS
REMODEL: EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND

CIRCUITRY MAY BE REUSED IF IN GOOD CONDITION AND
NEW DESIGN REQUIREMENTS CAN BE MET; OTHERWISE

REPLACE

8. FOR AREAS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS
REMODEL: REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EXISTING DAMAGED

OR RECALLED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES,

WIRING DEVICES AND RELATED CIRCUITRY AND RESTORE
ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO PROPER WORKING ORDER.

THE FINAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE FREE

FROM ELECTRICAL DEFECTS TO THE SATISFACTION OF
THE AHJ, OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

9. FOR AREAS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS
REMODEL: VERIFY CONDITION AND AGE OF EXISTING

REUSED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES,

CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FUSES, CONDUIT, SWITCHES AND
RELATED WIRING. NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES AND WIRING AGED BEYOND
ITS USEFUL LIFE AND REPLACE AS DIRECTED. THE

MAXIMUM EXPECTED USEFUL LIFE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE

FOLLOWING, (AS DATED FROM THE POINT OF

MANUFACTURE), UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER,
MANUFACTURER AND OWNER: 20 YEARS FOR CIRCUIT

BREAKERS, GENERATOR/UPS SYSTEMS AND LIGHT
FIXTURES, 30 YEARS FOR TRANSFORMERS AND
PANELBOARDS, 40 YEARS FOR SWITCHBOARDS AND
OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

10. FOR AREAS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS
REMODEL: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED

SO THAT THE CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM WORKING

CLEARANCE AND DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE ARE
MAINTAINED. EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT MEETING

CURRENT CODE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS MAY REMAIN

IF ALLOWED TO REMAIN BY THE AHJ, ENGINEER AND
OWNER.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES:

1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. AS

APPLICABLE, REVIEW THE LANDLORD CRITERIA, GENERAL

NOTES, OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN
THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY

ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR
DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID.

2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL CODES AND
ORDINANCES AS WELL AS APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS.

ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR LABELS FOR THE USE INTENDED

BY AN AHJ ACCEPTED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING
LABORATORY (NRTL), SUCH AS UL OR ETL. THE FINAL

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION OF THE FACILITY OCCUPIED BY

OWNER SHALL BE FREE FROM ELECTRICAL DEFECTS TO THE

SATISFACTION OF THE AHJ, OWNER, ARCHITECT AND
ENGINEER.

3. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND INSTALLATION

REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL

DRAWINGS, EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER TRADES PRIOR
TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES, CORDS,

PLUGS, DISCONNECTS AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR PROPER OPERATION IN

ACCORDANCE WITH CODE, OWNER AND MANUFACTURER
REQUIREMENTS.

4. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC/SCHEMATIC IN
NATURE AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK. IT IS

NOT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO

SHOW ALL NECESSARY RACEWAY ROUTING, BENDS, OFFSETS,
PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

COORDINATE THE FINAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND WIRING

DEVICES WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND

INSTALL ALL WORK TO CONFORM TO THE OWNER
REQUIREMENTS.

5. ALL CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT LENGTHS SHOWN IN THESE

DESIGN DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED SOLELY FOR USE IN THE

DESIGN CALCULATIONS BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL,
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LENGTHS SHOWN SHALL NOT BE
USED TO ASSIST IN THE BIDDING TAKEOFF PROCESS. THE

CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MATERIAL

QUANTITIES REQUIRED TO BID AND CONSTRUCT THE
COMPLETE PROJECT.

6. PROVIDE PROPER FIRE PROOFING AND SEALANT FOR
PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. THE FIRE

STOPPING METHOD, MATERIAL AND ITS APPLICATION SHALL BE
NRTL LISTED, CODE COMPLIANT AND APPROVED BY AHJ.

7. ALL APPLICABLE SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, OUTLETS, AND

CONTROLS SHALL BE PLACED AT HEIGHTS THAT ARE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES.

8. WIRING DEVICES ADJACENT TO EACH OTHER SHALL BE
INSTALLED UNDER A SINGLE COVER PLATE, UNO.

9. WIRING DEVICES SHOWN BACK-TO-BACK ON A COMMON WALL
SHALL BE OFFSET A MINIMUM OF 12” HORIZONTALLY TO
REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION BETWEEN ROOMS, UNO.

10. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IS ONLY PERMITTED WHERE SPECIFICALLY

ALLOWED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHERE

CONCEALED FROM VIEW OR EXPOSED FINAL CONNECTIONS TO
LIGHT FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT IN LENGTHS OF 6'-0" OR LESS.

11. ALL EMPTY CONDUIT/RACEWAY SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH
PULL STRINGS. TERMINATE CONDUIT STUB-UP WITH A NYLON
BUSHING.

12. EXPOSED CONDUIT/RACEWAY SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH
ADJACENT SURFACE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

13. CONDUITS/RACEWAYS SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW
WHEREVER PRACTICABLE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ROUTE

CONDUITS SERVING ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CONCEALED INSIDE

EQUIPMENT CURB AND MINIMIZE ROOF PENETRATIONS AND
EXTERIOR CONDUIT RUNS WHERE PRACTICABLE. SUPPORT
RACEWAY FROM STRUCTURE, NOT ROOF DECK. MAINTAIN 2"

MIN SPACING FROM BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TO PREVENT
ROOFING SCREWS FROM PENETRATING RACEWAY. DO NOT

ROUTE CONDUITS ACROSS SKYLIGHTS, ACCESS PANELS,

HATCHED TILES, HVAC DIFFUSERS, OR EQUIPMENT WORKING
CLEARANCE SPACE. ROUTE ALL EXPOSED NON-FLEXIBLE

CONDUITS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE, PARALLEL TO BUILDING

LINES AND IN STRUT OR CABLE/PIPE TRAY WHERE
PRACTICABLE. INSTALL CONDUITS PLUMB/ LEVEL WHERE
EXPOSED TO VIEW. COORDINATE RACEWAY ROUTING AND
INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

14. MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE NOT ALLOWED, UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.

15. PROVIDE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
FOR ALL CIRCUITS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

ELECTRICAL SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS:

NOTE: PROJECT IS DESIGNED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES. THIS IS NOT AN EXHAUSTIVE LIST. PROJECT SHALL COMPLY

WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND LOCAL
REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

ELECTRICAL CODE: 2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
BUILDING CODE: 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
ENERGY CODE: 2019 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE
APPLICABLE ELECTRICAL CODES:

MCC
MFR
MIN
MLO
MLV
MOCP
MTD
N/A
NF
NL
NRTL
NTS
OS
P
PART
PH/Ø
PNL
PNLBD

PROVIDE
PT
QTY
R/REL
RCPT
RLA
RTU
SCCR
SD
SF
SPDT
SPST
SSBJ
ST
SWBD
SWGR
TBB
TBD
TGB
TL
TMGB

TX/XFMR
TYP
U/F
U/G
U/S
UH
UNO
UPS
VD
VFD
VS
W
W/
WP
WR
WT
XP

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

MANUFACTURER

MINIMUM

MAIN LUGS ONLY

MAGNETIC LOW-VOLTAGE

MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT

PROTECTION

MOUNTED

NOT APPLICABLE

NON-FUSED
NIGHT LIGHT (24HR ON)

NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED

TESTING LABORATORY
(CSA, ETL, NSF, UL)

NOT TO SCALE

OCCUPANCY SENSOR
POLE

PARTIAL CIRCUIT
PHASE
PANEL

PANELBOARD

FURNISH AND INSTALL

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

QUANTITY

RELOCATE

RECEPTACLE

RUNNING LOAD AMPS

ROOFTOP UNIT

SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT
RATING

SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR

SQUARE FEET

SINGLE-POLE,

DOUBLE-THROW

SINGLE-POLE,

SINGLE-THROW

SUPPLY-SIDE BONDING
JUMPER

SHUNT TRIP

SWITCHBOARD

SWITCHGEAR

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

BONDING BACKBONE

TO BE DETERMINED

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

GROUND BUS BAR

TWISTLOCK

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

MAIN GROUND BUS BAR

TRANSFORMER

TYPICAL

UNDERFLOOR

UNDERGROUND

UNDERSLAB

UNIT HEATER

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER
SUPPLY

VOLTAGE DROP

VARIABLE FREQUENCY
DRIVE

VACANCY SENSOR
WIRE
WITH

WEATHER PROOF

WEATHER RESISTANT

WATERTIGHT

EXPLOSION PROOF
AF
AFC
AFF
AFG
AHJ
AHU
AIC
AS
AT
ATS
AV
BAS
BKR
C
CAT
CATV
CCTV
CD
CKT
CODE
CT
CTR
CVD
D/DEMO
DPDT
DPST

E/ETR/EX
EC
EF
EM
EMS
ELV
EWC
FAAP
FACP
FCA
FCU
FF
FLA
FLR
GC
GEC
GES
GFR
G
IG
ISC

JB/J-BOX
LF
LRA

LTG/LTS
MAU
MAX
MCA
MCB

AMPERE FUSE SIZE

ABOVE FINISHED CEILING

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ABOVE FINISHED GRADE

AUTHORITY HAVING

JURISDICTION

AIR HANDLING UNIT

AMPERE INTERRUPTING

CAPACITY

AMPERE SWITCH SIZE

AMPERE TRIP SETTING

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
SWITCH

AUDIO VISUAL

BUILDING AUTOMATION
SYSTEM

BREAKER

CONDUIT

CATEGORY

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM

CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION

CANDELA

CIRCUIT

APPLICABLE CODE

ADOPTED BY JURISDICTION

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
CENTER

CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP

DEMOLITION

DOUBLE-POLE,

DOUBLE-THROW

DOUBLE-POLE,

SINGLE-THROW

EXISTING TO REMAIN

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

EXHAUST FAN

EMERGENCY

ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC LOW-VOLTAGE

ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR
PANEL

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

FAULT CURRENT AMPS

AVAILABLE

FAN COIL UNIT

FINISHED FLOOR

FULL LOAD AMPS
FLOOR

GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GROUNDING ELECTRODE

CONDUCTOR

GROUNDING ELECTRODE
SYSTEM

GROUND FAULT RELAY
GROUND

ISOLATED GROUND

SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT

JUNCTION BOX

LINEAR FEET

LOCKED ROTOR AMPS

LIGHTING/LIGHTS

MAKE-UP AIR UNIT

MAXIMUM

MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS

AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE)
ALARMS

ANNUNCIATOR PANELS (DISPLAY)

CONTROLS (TOP OF DEVICE)

FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY)

FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) (CENTERLINE)

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY)

INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY)

INTERCOMS (TOP OF DEVICE)

PULL STATIONS (TOP OF DEVICE)

PHOTOCELLS

RECEPTACLES

RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR)

RECEPTACLES (GARAGES)

RECEPTACLES (POOLS)

RECEPTACLES (ABOVE COUNTER)

RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS

REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT ROOMS)

REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FINISHED AREAS)

SAFETY SWITCHES (TOP OF DEVICE)

STARTERS (TOP OF DEVICE)

SWITCHES (TOP OF DEVICE)

TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS

TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM)

TELEVISION OUTLETS

VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE)

INSTALL OUTLET BOXES AT THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNO IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ABOVE, OR

ELSEWHERE IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, ARE AFF OR AFG TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX, UNO. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS.
1 CU
1 1
E1
1 1
1 1
1 1
E1

ANNOTATION

MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN NOTE CALLOUT

PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT

ELECTRICAL OR FIRE ALARM PLAN NOTE CALLOUT

TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE

OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES

EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED,

CONTRACTOR INSTALLED)

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR

FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)

CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING

DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL

NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER

SECTION CUT DESIGNATION

DEDICATED EQUIPMENT ACCESS TILE

ACCESS PANEL

CIRCUITING & WIRING
57 P1-3,5,7
OR
3 HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD. INFORMATION AT ARROWS

ARE CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD FOR
TERMINATION. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES.

INDICATES RELAY NUMBER

CIRCUIT CONTINUATION OR PARTIAL CIRCUIT

CONDUIT CONCEALED

CONDUIT CONCEALED (EMERGENCY)

CONDUIT IN/UNDER FLOOR/GROUND CONSTRUCTION

EXPOSED CONDUIT

EXPOSED CONDUIT (EMERGENCY)

FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT)

CONDUIT TURNING DOWN

CONDUIT TURNING UP

CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION

EQUIPMENT TERMINATION

POWER EQUIPMENT & DEVICES
VFD
200/3/150/3R
30/3/15/1/3R
2 ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD (SURFACE OR FLUSH
MOUNT)

ELECTRICAL CABINET (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT),

TYPE AS NOTED

PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE
SYSTEM, UNO. SIZE AS NOTED

SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ON

HOUSEKEEPING PAD

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD

TRANSFORMER
DISCONNECT SWITCH - "200/3/150/3R" DENOTES

AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING,
NF= NON-FUSED, CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (200/3/CB),
NO VALUE (200/3/150) FOR NEMA ENCLOSURE MEANS
STANDARD NEMA 1 RATING

COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND
MOTOR STARTER "30/3/15/1/3R" DENOTES

AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA STARTER SIZE/NEMA
ENCLOSURE RATING. NF= NON-FUSED, CB= CIRCUIT
BREAKER (30/3/CB/1), NO VALUE (200/3/150/1) FOR
NEMA ENCLOSURE MEANS STANDARD NEMA 1

ENCLOSURE RATING
MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NEMA SIZE AS NOTED.
3-POLE, UNO

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

INDICATING LIGHT

EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON

STOP-START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION

HAND-OFF-AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION

MUSHROOM-TYPE PUSH BUTTON

OVERHEAD PADDLE FAN
A a

LIGHTING

LIGHT FIXTURE
a = LOWER CASE LETTER IS SWITCH IDENTIFIER
A = UPPER CASE LETTER INDICATES LIGHT FIXTURE
TYPE
= WALL MOUNT
= ARROW INDICATED AIMING DIRECTION

LIGHT FIXTURE CIRCUITED AS A NIGHT LIGHT (NL)

EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING

BATTERY PACK OR CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SOURCE

NIGHT LIGHT/EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY

BATTERY PACK OR CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SOURCE

LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DUAL BALLASTS CIRCUITED

SEPARATELY (SHADING IMPLIES EMERGENCY LIGHT

FIXTURE)
LIGHTING TRACK (# INDICATES RELAY NUMBER)

MIRROR LIGHTS

EXTERIOR PARKING LOT LIGHT FIXTURE

EXTERIOR PEDESTRIAN POST TOP LIGHT FIXTURE

EXTERIOR LIT BOLLARD LIGHT

EXIT SIGN - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS

INDICATED, FACE HATCHED

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT EQUIPMENT WITH BATTERY

PACK - CEILING/WALL MOUNTED

AFEA (AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE) SIGN -

CEILING/WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED

BOXES, LIGHTING CONTROL & WIRING DEVICES
SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS:

BLANK = SINGLE
2 = TWO POLE
3 = THREE-WAY
4 = FOUR-WAY
D = DIMMER
F = FAN SPEED CONTROL
FH = FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL

CONTROLLER
IH = INTEGRAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL

CONTROLLER
K = KEYED
LV# = LOW VOLTAGE / DIGITAL
M = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER DISCONNECT
OS# = OCCUPANCY SENSOR
P = SPST PILOT LIGHT
WP = WEATHER PROOF
# = REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE

SCHEDULE

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY

BRANCH CIRCUIT TRANSFER SWITCH

CEILING / WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
(# INDICATES TYPE PER SCHEDULE)
CORNER 90 DEGREE SENSING

ONE-DIRECTION SENSING, CEILING/WALL MOUNT

CEILING MOUNT, TWO DIRECTION SENSING

CEILING MOUNT, FOUR DIRECTION SENSING

CONTACTOR (SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND NUMBER OF

POLES AS INDICATED)
TRACK-MOUNTED CURRENT LIMITER (## INDICATES

AMPERAGE)
DAYLIGHT SENSOR (# INDICATES TYPE PER SCHEDULE)

LIGHTING CONTROLS PROCESSOR AND/OR EQUIPMENT
POWER PACK (# INDICATES TYPE PER SCHEDULE)

PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCH
ROOM CONTROLLER (# INDICATES TYPE PER SCHEDULE)

TIME SWITCH
SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO
DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO

SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - NEMA TYPE AS NOTED

TWIST-LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE

BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE
GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE*
ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE*
EMERGENCY RECEPTACLE*

RECEPTACLE INSTALLED ABOVE COUNTER OR
BACKSPLASH*
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN CEILING*
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR*
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD*
RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS:

C = AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED
CH = CLOCK HANGER TYPE
G=RCPT PROTECTED BY GFCI CIRCUIT

BREAKER OR UPSTREAM

GFCI DEVICE
H = HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED
S = MANUALLY CONTROLLED
SP / TVSS = SURGE PROTECTION
TR = TAMPER RESISTANT
TV = TELEVISION
USB = USB/DUPLEX
WP = WEATHER PROOF COVER
WR = WEATHER RESISTANT

MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY

TELEPHONE OUTLET

DATA OUTLET
MULTI-SERVICE OUTLET; TELEPHONE AND DATA

ABOVE COUNTER, TYP

WALL, TYP

FLOOR, TYP

MULTI-SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA
AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS,

SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS

MULTI-SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND
POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS, SCHEDULES

AND SPECIFICATIONS
POKE THROUGH, A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS, SCHEDULES

AND SPECIFICATIONS

THERMOSTAT

CEILING/FLOOR MOUNT JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX

WALL MOUNT JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX
#
GFCI
EM
ALC
BTS
OR
OR
#
###A 3P
###AS 3P
###AF FRS
###A 3P
###AS 3P
###AF
FRS NEMA #

ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE & RISER DIAGRAM

SWITCH (RATING AS INDICATED)

DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER (RATINGS AS INDICATED)

FUSED SWITCH (RATING, POLES AND FUSE TYPE AS

INDICATED)

COMBINATION FUSED SWITCH/STARTER AND STARTER SIZE

CIRCUIT BREAKER (RATINGS AS INDICATED)

COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER/STARTER AND STARTER
SIZE

PANELBOARD, SINGLE OR MULTI-SECTION (REFER TO

SCHEDULES)

ISOLATED POWER PANELBOARD W/ INTEGRAL

TRANSFORMER (REFER TO SCHEDULES)

TRANSFORMER (TYPE AND RATINGS AS INDICATED)

SHIELDED TRANSFORMER (TYPE AND RATINGS AS INDICATED)

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (RATINGS AS INDICATED)

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH WITH BYPASS (RATINGS AS

INDICATED)

GENERATOR (RATINGS AS INDICATED)

NON-SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE
OR

SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE

SWITCHGEAR, SWITCHBOARD AND/OR

DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD (TYPE, RATING, DEVICES

AND ACCESSORIES AS

INDICATED)

COMBINATION DIGITAL VOLT METER/AMMETER

CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION (REFER TO CIRCUIT SCHEDULE)

GROUND FAULT RELAY

PHASE FAILURE RELAY
KIRK-KEY INTERLOCK (# INDICATES KEY PAIR)

SHUNT TRIP

AMMETER (RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED)

VOLTMETER (RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED)

UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY)

AMMETER SWITCH

VOLTMETER SWITCH
WATT-HOUR METER, "D" DENOTES DEMAND REGISTER, "15"

DENOTES MINUTES OF DEMAND INTERVAL

CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR

REQUIRED

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR

REQUIRED

SURGE-PROTECTIVE DEVICE

GROUND CONNECTION

GROUND CONNECTION WITH TEST WELL

GROUND ROD

LIGHTNING ARRESTER

CAPACITOR

CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED)
HEATER
MOTOR

BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA

FAULT POINT REFERENCED IN SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AND

VOLTAGE DROP SPREADSHEET
###A
3P
NEMA #
###AS 3P
FRS NEMA #

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. V3.00

ABBREVIATIONS
A
A
A
T
JJ
84"
48"
60"
48"
60"
120"
60"
36"
48"
48"
144"
16"
24"
24"
27"
+6" ABOVE BACKSPLASH/COUNTER, 40" MAX
44"
48"

CEILING
48"
48"
44"

SAME AS ADJACENT DEVICE, UNO
6"

REFER TO ARCH DRAWINGS
84"

MDP SWITCHBOARD ELEC ROOM
HP
FP#
WH
SPD
15 UTILITY
METER
D
M
VS
AS
###
VM AM

DIGITAL
### AMPS
F#
TX##
TX##
###A
ATS#
ATS# (W/BYPASS)
###A
480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W
###A, 3P M/G
##KW GENERATOR
ATS# (W/BYPASS)
480Y/277V 3Ø 4W
GFR
KK#
ST
PFR
AM
VM
##

LINETYPE LEGEND

THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINETYPES ARE USED IN

COMBINATION WITH THE SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS

EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED IN THE FUTURE.

THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS IS NOT

INTENDED TO FULLY DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING,

WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR
RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING

LINETYPES MAY BE USED ON ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE, ETC.

EXISTING

DEMOLISH
NEW
FUTURE
ARTICLE 700 OR

LIFE SAFETY
ARTICLE 701 OR

CRITICAL / EQUIPMENT BRANCH
ARTICLE 702 OR

OPTIONAL

BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR TABLE

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTORS THROUGH ENTIRE CIRCUIT
(SWITCHED, UNSWITCHED/EM, ETC.) AS INDICATED

THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND AS REQUIRED
FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM.

REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIMITATIONS ON SHARING
NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) CONDUCTORS. DO NOT CIRCUIT AS A
MULTI-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT, UNO.

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
WHERE INDICATED.

REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, PLANS, NOTES, WIRING AND

CONTROL DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL CIRCUITING
REQUIREMENTS.

WHERE TICK MARKS ARE NOT SHOWN, THE FOLLOWING SHALL GOVERN:
# OF POLES
1P
2P
3P
HOT (PHASE)*
(1)
(2)
(3)
*
**
***

CONDUCTOR TICK MARK LEGEND
GROUNDING***

NEUTRAL
(GROUNDED)**
(1) UNO
(1) UNO
(1) UNO
(1)
(1)
(1)

SWITCHED HOT (PHASE) CONDUCTORS (SHOWN

TRAILING NEUTRAL)

NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) CONDUCTOR

UNSWITCHED HOT (PHASE) CONDUCTORS (SHOWN

LEADING NEUTRAL)
NOTE: HASH MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF

CONDUCTORS

EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT
(GREEN INSULATION OR BARE)

ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT
(GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW TRACER)
WHERE TICK MARKS ARE SHOWN, THE FOLLOWING SHALL GOVERN:

EM
EM
[R#] P1
# # # #
CL##
C#
D#
P#
LC
PS#
R##
TS#
JJ
* SYMBOL DEMONSTRATED WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WHEN USED IN

COMBINATION WITH OTHER DEVICES MEANING IS SIMILAR FOR THOSE DEVICE TYPES.

REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
[#]
G
OR
IG

REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION

CALL OUTS

ENLARGED PLAN CALLOUT

NOT IN SCOPE
FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:19:36 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

ELECTRICAL

NOTES, SYMBOLS,
& ABBREVIATIONS
E0-0

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:19:39 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021
TITLE 24

COMPLIANCE
FORMS
E0-1

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:19:42 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021
TITLE 24

COMPLIANCE
FORMS
E0-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

10/07/2021

QTM
37 43
49 50

EB ED EF EG EH EK EM EN EO EQ
34 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'E' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'C''C''C''C'
'C'
'C''C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'E'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C' 'C''E''C' 'E' 'C''C' 'C' 'E' 'C''C' 'C' 'E''C' 'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'E' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'E' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'E'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'D'
'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'E'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'E'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'E' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'D' 'D' 'D' 'D'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'E' 'C' 'C'
'C' 'C' 'C' 'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
'C'
(TYP)
1 (TYP)
2 (TYP)
3 4 4 4 4
4 4
4 5
6 6 6 6
4 4
4 7
4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6
8 (TYP)
5 (TYP)
5 MS
(TYP)
9 MS
MS
MS
MSMS
MS
MS
FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:20:09 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

LIGHTING DEMO

PLAN BALLROOM B
ED1-1

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1/8" = 1'-0"1 LIGHTING DEMO PLAN BALLROOM B
ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES:
1 REMOVE EXISTING DOWNLIGHT AND ALL ASSOCIATED

EQUIPMENT BACK TO SOURCE OR NEAREST DEVICE TO
REMAIN. TYPICAL OF ALL TYPE 'D'.
2 REMOVE EXISTING DOWNLIGHT AND ALL ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT. CIRCUITING TO FIXTURE LOCATION TO REMAIN
FOR NEW INSTALLATION IN SAME LOCATION. TYPICAL OF
ALL TYPE 'C'.
3 REMOVE EXISTING DOWNLIGHT AND ALL ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT. EMERGENCY PANEL CIRCUITING TO REMAIN
FOR NEW INSTALLATION IN SAME LOCATION. TYPICAL OF
ALL TYPE 'E'.
4 REMOVE EXISTING NEON AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT.

CIRCUIT TO FIXTURE LOCATION TO REMAIN FOR NEW
INSTALLATION IN SAME LOCATION.
5 REMOVE EXISTING FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE
AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. CIRCUIT TO FIXTURE

LOCATION TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION IN SAME
LOCATION.
6 REMOVE EXISTING TRACK HEAD LIGHT FIXTURES. TRACK
TO REMAIN.
7 EXISTING LUTRON QUANTUM EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN.

RELOCATE AS PART OF NEW WORK.
8 EXISTING LUTRON GP-72 DIMMING PANELS, 1D-U AND 2D- U, NO CHANGE INTENDED. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE

WHERE RE-WIRING IS REQUIRED BASED ON EXISTING
CONDITIONS AND LIGHT FIXTURE DEMO WORK.
9 EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WALL STATION TO
REMAIN. LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. VERIFY
QUANTITY WITH ONSITE CONDITIONS.

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

LIGHTING

CONTROLS

PROCESSOR
NOTES:

1. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE FOR DEVICE AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS.

2. DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND IS BASED ON PHAROS . THIS REPRESENTS THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK AND LOCATION OF DEVICES IN RELATION TO EACH OTHER ALONG THE POWER CIRCUIT. DIAGRAMS MAY BE DIFFERENT FOR ALLOWED EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FULL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH SELECTED MANUFACTURER.

PROVIDE ALL PARTS AND PIECES REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO FINAL APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR INSTALLATION.

3. CIRCUITING SHOWN ON PLAN(S) CORRESPONDS TO LIGHTING CONTROL INTENT. IF CIRCUITING IS FIELD-MODIFIED, ENSURE THAT SYSTEM PROGRAMMING WITH REVISED CIRCUITING MEETS ORIGINAL LIGHTING CONTROL INTENT.

4. INTEGRAL TIMECLOCK SHALL BR PROGRAMMABLE WITH 7 DAY / HOLIDAY SCHEDULING, AND HAVE 24 HOUR BATTERY BACK-UP. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL AND STATE ENERGY CODES.

5. COORDINATE WITH OWNER TIMECLOCK SCHEDULES. PROVIDE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH OPERATIONS MANUALS FOR ALL COMPONENTS OF LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM.

7. PROVIDE SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AS REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM TO OPERATE PER THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PROGRAMMING SHALL BE BY PHAROS FEILD TECHNICIAN PROVIDING COLOR SCENES AND MACROS FOR EACH PARTITIONED AND COMBINED SPACE. • STATIC COLOR SCENES

1. RED

2. HOT PINK

3. DARK ORANGE

4. GOLD

5. GREEN

6. AQUA

7. BLUE

8. PURPLE
• MACRO SCENES

1. RAINBOW FADE

2. COOL FADE

3. WARM FADE
REFER TO BALLROOM A SETTINGS TO MATCH IN A SIMILAR MANNER.

SCENES ARE TO ESTABLISH INITIAL SET-UP. OWNER TO REVIEW, PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT COMMENTS, AND APPROVAL UPON FINAL REVIEW.

9. PROVIDE SYSTEM COMMISSIONING AS REQUIRED PER ENERGY CODE.

10. IF CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED IN PHASES, MANUFACTURER SHALL DEDICATE A SINGLE TECHNICIAN TO PROGRAM INSTALLED DEVICES AFTER EACH PHASE AND SHALL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ISSUES. THE SAME TECHNICIAN SHALL ALSO

PERFORM THE FUNCTIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL TESTING AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION PHASES ARE COMPLETE AND ENSURE THE SYSTEM IS FULLY FUNCTIONAL.

TO COMPUTER (FOR

COMMISSIONING
ONLY)
SITE VISITS:

1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL SITE VISITS WITH MANUFACTURER PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIRED TIME FRAME.

2. MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PRE-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES TO ASSIST CONTRACTOR IN UNDERSTANDING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND COMPONENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLING SYSTEM. MANUFACTURER SHALL VISIT THE SITE WHEN THE CONTRACTOR IS BEGINNING TO ROUGH-IN AND BEFORE INSTALLING THE SYSTEM. INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 SITE VISIT(S).

3. MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE FUNCTIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL TESTING (COMMISSIONING). INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 SITE VISIT(S). ALL VISITS SHALL OCCUR AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. VISIT SHALL INCLUDE AN ADEQUATE NUMBER OF DAYS ON SITE PER COMPLEXITY OF SYSTEMS AND PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS.

4. MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE ON-SITE TRAINING(S)FOR EMPLOYEES AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMMISSIONED AND FINAL ADJUSTMENTS TO SCENES COMPLETED PER OWNER REVIEW CO MMENTS. INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 SITE VISIT(S).

LINE VOLTAGE WIRING

DIN RAIL MOUNT ENCLOSURE

CONTAINING PROCESSOR,

POWER SUPPLY, AND ANY

OTHER ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED.

LOCATE IN EXISTING
CORRIDOR E2F37.

LAN FOR INTERNET INTERFACE.

COORDINATE IP ON BUILDING

INFRASTRUCTURE NETWORK
WITH OWNER, IF REQUESTED.

CONNECTION TO ETHERNET NOT

REQUIRED, UNLESS AT THE
REQUEST OF THE OWNER.

LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (CONFIRM

TYPE WITH MANUFACTURER)
RDMEXT
PSU
TPC

SURFACE MOUNT TOUCH

SCREEN CONTROL PANEL

LOCATE IN EXISTING
SERVICE CORRIDOR E2F37
D
BALLROOM B1

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 1-4
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 5-8
D D D
T

LED POWER SUPPLY(S)

QUANITY IS GENERIC
T T T

T T T T

D D D D
BALLROOM B3

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 9-12
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 13-16
BALLROOM B5

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 17-20
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 21-24
BALLROOM B7

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT : DMX CHANNELS 25-28
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 29-32
BALLROOM B2

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 33-36
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 37-40
BALLROOM B4

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 41-44
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 45-48
BALLROOM B6

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT: DMX CHANNELS 49-52
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 53-56
BALLROOM B8

TO RGBW LIGHT FIXTURES
BACKLIGHT : DMX CHANNELS 57-60
COVE: DMX CHANNELS 61-64
FULL

BALLROOM
NORTH

BALLROOM
SOUTH

BALLROOM
B1 & B3

BALLROOM
B5 & B7

BALLROOM
B2 & B4

BALLROOM
B6 & B8

BALLROOM
B1

BALLROOM
B3

BALLROOM
B5

BALLROOM
B7

BALLROOM

ROOM SELECTION PAGE
B4

BALLROOM
B6

BALLROOM
B8

BALLROOM
ALL
OFF
B2

BALLROOM

RED HOT PINK DARK
ORANGE

GOLD GREEN AQUA

SCENE SELECTION PAGE

BLUE PURPLE RAINBOW
FADE
WARM
FADE
ALL
OFF
COOL
FADE

FULL BALLROOMBACK COLOR PICKER

SIMILAR FOR EACH ROOM SELECTION

COLOR SELECTION PAGE

FULL BALLROOMBACK HOME

SIMILAR FOR EACH ROOM SELECTION

6. PERIMETER WALL DMX CHANNEL ZONING: EACH OF THE (8) PERIMETER BALLROOM ENTRY DETAIL SHALL BE ZONED TO HAVE (2) 4- CHANNEL DMX ZONES, (16) DMX ZONES. (1) 4-CHANNEL ZONE FOR THE TOP BACK-LIT WALL DETAIL PORTION. AND, (1) ZONE 4- CHANNEL ZONE FOR THE UPLIGHT COVE PORTION, (64) DMX CHANNELS.

AT EACH DETAIL THE TOP AND BOTTOM ZONES SHALL BE INDEPENDANTLY CONTROLLED FOR PROGRAMMING SCENE PURPOSES.

THOUGH EACH ZONE IS COMPRISED OF MULTIPLE FIXTURE UNITS, IT IS THE INTENT THAT THE ALL THE BACK-LIT LIGHT FIXTURES OR UPLIGHT COVE LIGHT FIXTURES OF A SPECIFIC ZONE BE PROGRAMMED TO THE ASSIGNED (4) DMX CHANNELS.

8. LUTRON LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO RECALL OR "TRIGGER" DMX LIGHTING SCENES. ALL PROGRAMMING AND CONTROL INTERFACE ACCESS OF THE DMX SYSTEM WILL BE THROUGH THE TOUCHSCREEN (TPC) AND SHOW CONTROLLER (EXT).

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:19:52 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

ELECTRICAL

SCHEDULES,

CONTROLS AND

DETAILS
E1-1

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM'S DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.

AND/ OR ENGINEERING PLAN FOR CORRECT NUMBER OF FIXTURES WITH AND RELATIVE LOCATION OF TRACK HEADS. QUANTITIES INDICATED PER TRACK. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ORDER ALL NECESSARY MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AS 8 CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFRIM EXISTING TRACK SYSTEM EQUIPMENT FOR PRIOR TO FINAL ORDER FOR MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE COMPATIBLE TRACK ADAPTOR TYPE FITTING. CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WITH SYSTEM INCLUDING JUMPER CABLES WHEN FIXTURES ARE NOT ABLE TO BE PHYSICALLY ABUTTED NEXT TO EACH OTHER. REFER TO SPECIFIC FIXTURE SPECIFICATION REGARDING OPTICS.

AND WATTAGE PER LINEAL FOOT AS NOTED PER EACH FIXTURE TYPE REFERENCED ON THE SCHEDULE. MANUFACTURER TO COORDINATE WITH CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE FURNISHED 7 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL LINE VOLTAGE LED SYSTEM INCLUDING LEADER CABLE, SPECIFIC MOUNTING HARDWARE TO PROVIDE STRAIGHT RUNS WITHIN COVES, WIRING COMPARTMENT AT START OF RUN TRIAC OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED FOR COORDINATION WITH EXISTING LUTRON QUANTUM EQUIPMENT AND DIMMING LOW RANGES VALUE AS INDICATED. 6 COORDINATE LED FIXTURE'S INTEGRAL DIMMING REQUIREMENTS WITH DIMMING SYSTEM. AS PER BASIS OF DESIGN, LED MANUFACTURERS TO FURNISH DOWNLIGHT FIXTURES AND LINEAR COVE LED SYSTEMS WITH 2-WIRE HI-LUME DIMMING, A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM AS PER DESIGN INTENT AND SHALL COORDINATE WITH WINDOW MULLION DETAILS WHERE REQUIRED.

IP20 MALE/FEMALE CONNECTORS. NO FIELD SOLDERING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ALLOWED. MANUFACTURER TO COORDINATE WITH CONTRACTOR REGARDING OTHER MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTING OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR DROP. INDICATED LOCATIONS ON PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. LENGTH OF LED RUN TO BE COORDINATED WITH DETAILS. FOR LOW VOLTAGE LED SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH END OF RUN WITH 2-WIRE QUICK-DISCONNECT OF LINEAR RUN INDICATED PER PLANS. REMOTE TRANSFORMER/ DRIVER TO BE LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE, WELL VENTILATED AREA VERIFIED BY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO REDUCE VOLTAGE 5 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL LOW VOLTAGE LED SYSTEM INCLUDING SPECIFIED EXTRUSION, REMOTE 24 VOLT TRANSFORMER/ DRIVER APPROPRIATELY SIZED FOR GIVEN LOAD 4 FIXTURE TO BE SECURED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND NOT TO ACOUSTIC CEILING. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTING MATERIAL AT STRUCTURAL CEILING TO COMPLY WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS.

MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH LED ARRAY WITH HIGH CRI CHIP OF 90 OR BETTER. IF NOT INDICATED, STANDARD 80+ CRI ACCEPTABLE. 3 REFER TO SPECIFIC COLOR TEMPERATURE OR COLOR OF LED CHIPS OR DIODES AS INDICATED. PROVIDE ONLY THAT COLOR TEMPERATURE OF LED ARRAY. FOR COLOR LED, VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND/ OR OWNER. WHERE INDICATED, TESTING INFORMATION. FURTHERMORE, ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS TO COMPLY WITH OPTICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS DEFINED IN BASIS OF DESIGN FIXTURE. 2 MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH FIXTURE WITH LED PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATION DEFINING LUMEN OUTPUT AND COMPLYING WITH IES LM-79 AND LM-80 TESTING PROCEDURES. ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT WELL-VENTILATED LOCATIONS.

INDICATED LOCATIONS OF REMOTE DRIVERS ON DOCUMENTS IS FOR REFERENCE AND INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO RE-LOCATE AS NEEDED BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS, HOWEVER, TRANSFORMERS TO BE LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE, MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS TO COMPLY WITH DESIGN INTENT. FOR LOW VOLTAGE COVE SYSTEMS, REMOTE DIMMING DRIVERS NOT TO EXCEED LENGTH FROM END OF RUN AS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.

COORDINATE WITH LIGHTING MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE COMPONENT PARTS. FEEDS TO START AT END OF RUN OR MIDDLE OF RUN AS REQUIRED. MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH TO CONTRACTOR ALL DETERMINED IN FIELD FROM LINEAL FOOTAGE DIMENSIONS TO MAXIMIZE EXTENT OF LENGTH STARTING IN CENTER OF COVE AND MOVING TOWARD ENDS, USING LONGEST AVAILABLE LED SECTION TO MAXIMIZE LIGHTED SECTION OF COVE. 1 REFER TO SHEET E2.1 AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. WHERE DETAILED, TOP OF COVE FIXTURE'S LENS TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP LIP OF COVE DETAIL FOR MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY OF FIXTURE. IN COVE CONDITIONS, EXACT LENGTHS TO BE LIGHT FIXTURE NOTES:

IS TAKEN FROM THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL, (APPENDIX NA8 - ILLUMINANCE CATEGORIES AND LUMINAIRE POWER).

N. THE LIGHT FIXTURES WATTAGE VALUES LISTED ABOVE ARE THE TOTAL INPUT WATTS PER LIGHT FIXTURE INCLUDING ALL LOSSES AND BALLAST FACTORS AND WHEN AVAILABLE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS.

LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. ADDITIONALLY, ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA APPLIANCE COMMISION AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL, (TITLE 20, 24) AND ANY OTHER STATE AND M. ALL AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND APPLICABLE FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES (INCLUDING LAMPS AND BALLASTS) SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY L. VERIFY QUANTITIES, MODEL NUMBERS AND DESCRIPTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER.

K. FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS HIGH CRI LED FIXTURES TO BE FURNISHED WITH A MINIMUM OF 90 CRI WITH MODULES FURNISHED BY XICATO, CREE, PHILIPS, OR BRIDGELUX WITH NO MORE THAN 2- MCADAMS ELLIPSES.

J. REFER TO DIVISION 26 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCEPTABLE LAMP AND BALLAST MANUFACTURERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

I. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

AND SPECIFICATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CATALOG NUMBER TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN.

H. CATALOG NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBERS ONLY. FIRST READ THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS.

G. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES SCREEN, UNIVERSE SHOW CONTROLLER AND DATA CONVERTER BOXES.

F. ALL RGBW/ RGB- LINEAR SERIES COLOR CHANGING LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE FURNISHED BY SAME MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE CONSISTENT ETHERNET DMX/RDM COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION WITH PHAROS TPC AND EXT SERIES CONTROL E. VERIFY FINISH AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER.

D. VERIFY CEILING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE AND TRIMS NEEDED TO SUIT CEILING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING.

C. FOR DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES, REFER TO DIVISION 26 SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING CONTROL WIRING AND COMPATIBILITY.

B. PACKAGING OF LIGHT FIXTURES WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED OR APPROVED.

A. REPRESENTATIVE AGENTS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO OFFER MINI-LOT PRICING (MLP) FOR LIGHT FIXTURES SPECIFIED IN 265100 ONLY. REFER TO SPECIFICATION 265100 FOR DEFINITION, TERMS AND LIMITATIONS OF MLP.

GENERAL NOTES:

MANUFACTURER FIXTURE ALSO EQUIPPED WITH SNOOT AND CROSS-BLADE BAFFLE. FINSH SHALL BE WHITE.

BY DRIVER SUITABLE FOR TRAILING EDGE TRIAC/ELV DIMMER THAT IS CAPABLE OF PROVIDING 5% OF FULL OUTPUT. 4,375 LUMEN INTEGRAL ON/OFF SWITCH, OPTICAL SYSTEM YIELDING NOMINAL 12 DEGREE BEAM FOR NOMINAL 55,180MBCP, AND INTERNAL SPEQ-L-A17 48 WT TN1 120 SP 279 LE/TE SN CB 90 CRI, 2700K LOCKING YOKE CONFIGURATION. TRACK FIXTURE EQUIPPED WITH ADAPTOR FOR 1-CIRCUIT/ H-STYLE GLOBAL TRACK WITH 8 T1 AMERLUX - SPEQ TRACKHEAD SERIES LED LED 120 48 53 NOMINA L 5.125" DIAMETER X 11.128" DEEP TRACK MOUNTED LED TRACK FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING AND 2,3 JUMPER/ QUICK CONNECT CABLES. NO SOLDERING OF SECTIONS ALLOWED.

MANUFACTURER SIZED ACCORDINGLY PER COVE CONDITION. SYSTEM TO BE FIELD CUTTABLE AND SECTIONS TOGETHER VIA STANDARD IP20 STYLE BY SECOND BEAM SPREAD. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE MLV TR IAC DIMMING 120/24V MAGNETIC TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED DRVWDIM24 60 170LM/ FOOT 24V FOOT FOOT LENS FOR STRAIGHT COVE RUNS W ITHIN CEILING DETAILS. CHANNEL AND LENS SHALL PRODUCE A NOMINAL 120DEGREE CHAS3 C WH RB 90 SWS220 1.5 30 1 90 CRI, 3000K PRIMARY PER PER LINEAR LED TAPE LIGHT SYS TEM WITHIN ALUMINUM HOUSING, MOUNTING CLIPS AND CLEAR 5 L4 ACOLYTE LED LED 120V 1.5 2 NOMINAL 1" WIDE X 5/8" HIGH X VARYING LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED DRY LOCATION IP20 RATED LOW VOLTAGE LED 1,2,3 LIGHT FIXTURE IS NON-DIMMING. FIXTURE FINISH WHITE.

MANUFACTURER BALLROOM PREFUNCTION ENTRY. FIXTURE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL 10 FOOT LONG STARTING CABLE.

BY ADJUSTABLE WALL MOUNTING 2-IN ARM BRACKET TO ALLOW FIXTURE TO BE AIMED UPWARD TO GRAZE CURVE WALL DETAIL AT 250LM/ FOOT FOOT FOOT STEEL HARDWARE AND INTEGRAL OPTI CAL SYSTEM YIELDING NOMINAL 30 VERTICAL X 60 DEGREE BEAM WITH INTEGRAL LOGIASHRAE 120 36 30K 30X60 WAM2 WH NO 90 CRI, 3000K PER PER SYSTEM WITH FACTORY PROVIDED HIG H 90+ CRI ARRAY, LOW COPPER CONTENT EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING, STAINLESS 6,7 L3 LUMENPULSE - LUMENFACADE SERIES LED LED 120 5 6 NOMINAL 2-3/16" WIDE X 2-3/4" HIGH X 3 FOOT LONG SURFACE MOUNTED LINE VOLTAGE LINEAR LED NARROW DISTRIBUTION 1 ,2,3 JUMPER/ QUICK CONNECT CABLES. NO SOLDERING OF SECTIONS ALLOWED.

MANUFACTURER SIZED ACCORDINGLY PER COVE CONDITION. SYSTEM TO BE FIELD CUTTABLE AND SECTIONS TOGETHER VIA STANDARD IP20 STYLE BY SECOND BEAM SPREAD. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE MLV TR IAC DIMMING 120/24V MAGNETIC TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED DRVWDIM24 60 330LM/ FOOT 24V FOOT FOOT LENS FOR STRAIGHT COVE RUNS A ND SEGMENTED WALL DETAIL. CHANNEL AND LENS SHALL PRODUCE A NOMINAL 72DEGREE CHAS6 F WH RB 90 SWS220 3.0 30 1 90 CRI, 3000K PRIMARY PER PER LINEAR LED TAPE LIGHT SYS TEM WITHIN ALUMINUM HOUSING, MOUNTING CLIPS AND 85% COEFFICIENT TRANSMISSION FROSTED 5 L2 ACOLYTE LED LED 120V 3 3 NOMINAL 1" WIDE X 5/8" HIGH X VARYING LE NGTH SURFACE MOUNTED DRY LOCATION IP20 RATED LOW VOLTAGE LED 1,2,3 TOGETHER VIA STANDARD IP20 STYLE JUMPER/ QUICK CONNECT CABLES. NO SOLDERING OF SECTIONS ALLOWED.

MANUFACTURER ACCORDINGLY PER COVE CONDITION AND 5-CHANNEL DMX DECORDER. SYSTEM TO BE FIELD CUTTABLE AND SECTIONS DMXINFLCD5 BY SECOND 120DEGREE BEAM SPREAD. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE R EMOTE NON-DIMMING 120/ 24V POWER SUPPLYCONNECTED SIZED DRVW24 96 200LM/ FOOT 24V FOOT FOOT FROSTED LENS FOR STRAIGHT COV E RUNS AND SEGMENTED WALL DETAIL. CHANNEL AND LENS SHALL PRODUCE A NOMINAL CHAS3 M WH RB RGBWA20 5.5 RGB30 1 RGB+3000K PRIMARY PER PER CHIP LINEAR LED TAPE LIGHT SYS TEM WITHIN ALUMINUM HOUSING, MOUNTING CLIPS AND 70% COEFFICIENT TRANSMISSION MILK 5 L1 ACOLYTE LED LED 120V 5.5 6 NOMINAL 1" WIDE X 1/2" HIGH X VARYING LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED DRY LOCATION IP20 RATED LOW VOLTAGE 4-1 RGBW LED 1,2,3

MANUFACTURER
BY
8,000 LUMEN
RS6N 80 279 UNV LTE 60 WHT SCA610 90 CRI, 2700K CEILING CONDITIONS. 6 D2 METEOR - REV6 SERIES LED LED 120 80 89 SAME AS TYPE D1, EXCEPT FIXTURE EQUIPPE D WITHOUT SLOPE CEILING ADAPTER. MOUNTING TYPE SHALL BE FOR DRYWALL 2,3,4, INSULATION KEPT MORE THAN 1-FT AWAY FROM HOUSING.

MANUFACTURER REMOVABLE THROUGH APERTURE. LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM UTILIZES 6.7" DIAMETER CEILING CUT-OUT. IC-HOUSING MUST HAVE BY FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL 2-WIRE LUTRON HI-LUME DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 1% OF FULL OUTPUT WITH DRIVER 8,000 LUMEN FIXTURE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL 60 DEGREE BEAM SPREAD DOWNLIGHT WITH HIGH 90+ CRI SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE.

RS6N 80 279 UNV LTE 60 WHT SCA610 90 CRI, 2700K FOR ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING CONDITIONS, CLEAR ALZAK SEMI-SPECULAR REFLECTOR AND OVERLAPPING WHITE FLANGE. 6 D1 METEOR - REV6 SERIES LED LED 120 80 89 NOMINAL 6" DIAMETER APERTURE X 7.75" T ALL RECESSED FIXED LED DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING 2,3,4, NO. TYPE VOLT WATTS VA
TYPE MANUFACTURER/MODEL # LAMPS INPUT INPUT DESCRIPTION NOTES LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE (1 of 1)
NTS1 BALLROOM B - DMX LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
VERSION: 4.04
J. ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES SHALL MEET CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS.

H. DO NOT SHARE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR ON LOAD SIDE OF DIMMERS.

G. PROVIDE A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR TO ALL WALL SWITCH LOCATIONS PER NEC REQUIREMENTS.

F. PROVIDE COPIES OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL DEVICES TO OWNER.

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS AND OWNER PRIOR TO SYSTEM COMMISSIONING.

E. ALL WALL SWITCH AND CEILING SENSORS SHALL HAVE AN ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY RANGE OF 0-30 MIN, UNO. CONFIRM SENSOR SETTINGS WITH D. VERIFY COLOR(S) FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT.

C. LIGHTING CONTROLS PRICING SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEPARATE OF ANY LIGHT FIXTURE PRICING.

CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES). ALSO PROVIDE SCHEMATICS AND SCHEDULES WHEN APPLICABLE.

DEVICES SUCH AS SPEAKERS, SECURITY CAMERAS, PROJECTORS, ETC. (SENSORS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF LOCATED TOO CLOSE TO OTHER

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES, SPRINKLERS, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND OTHER OWNER-PROVIDED CEILING MOUNTED MUST INCLUDE SENSOR LOCATIONS, HEIGHTS, ORIENTATION, AND COVERAGE AREAS. SHOW COORDINATION WITH ALL OTHER CEILING DEVICES B. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT REVIEW THAT INCLUDE PRODUCT CUTSHEETS AND PROJECT-SPECIFIC LAYOUTS. LAYOUTS COLUMN, ADJUST SENSOR QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER-SPECIFIC SPACING CRITERIA.

A. OCCUPANCY SENSOR LAYOUT DESIGNED FROM BASIS-OF-DESIGN COVERAGE PATTERNS. IF SUBMITTING ALTERNATE PER 'EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER' GENERAL NOTES:

LUT-ELI-3PH OR BYPASS PER EMERGENCY SEQUENCE.

LUT LUTRON LUTRON EMERGENCY TRANSFER DEVICE. UL924 LISTED. OPERATES AS CONTROL DEVICE 24 CGP12-120-4-FT
CGP12 LUTRON LUTRON 12 CIRCUIT FEED-THRU DIMMING PANEL FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE ZONE(S) 120

TAG MODEL/SERIES MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE NOTES

SYMBOL MANUFACTURER ALTERNATE

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
EXT
EXT PHAROS EXTENSION EQUIPMENT FOR TPC TO PROVIDE STANDARD DMX512 OUTPUT CAPABILITY. 120 EXT RJ45 ETHERNET CONNECTION. PROVIDE WITH SRUFACE MOUNT BACK BOX.

PTC SBB ASTRONIMICAL TIMECLOCK SCHEDULING. PROGAMMED THROUGH PHAROS DESIGNER.

TPC WW 1-UNIVERSE (512) DMX CONTROLLER WITH TRIGGER RECALL, TIMECLOCK, AND TPC PHAROS 4.3" TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER WITH CUSTOMIZABLE CAPACTIVE TOUCH SCREEN. POE 9-48V DRAWNG 4W, 120V MAINS INPUT
RDM 1-PORT THRU, AND 4 PORTS OUT. DIN RAIL MOUNT. REQUIRES REMOTE POWER SUPPLY, RDM PHAROS REMOTE DEVICE MANAGEMENT DEVICE PROVIDING 4 PORT DMX512 SPLITTER. 1-PORT IN, 9-48VDC SCHEDULE CONTROLLERS. DMX TERMINATOR REQUIRED. USE BELDEN 9829, 9824 OR CAT5.

LIGHT FIXTURE REQUIRED TO BE USED IN TANDEM WITH LED DRIVER. DMX THROUGH TO ADDITIONAL REFER TO CONTROL RED, GREEN, BLUE, WHITE AND POWER P ER FIXTURE RUN.

D ACCOLYTE 5-CHANNEL DMX INTERFACE USED TO CONTROL L1 LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDING CHANNEL 12-24VDC

TAG MODEL/SERIES MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE NOTES

SYMBOL MANUFACTURER ALTERNATE

NETWORK AUXILIARY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE
DURING NORMAL OPERATION. WHEN NORMAL SENSING POWER IS LOST, LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SIGNALED TO FULL BRIGHTNESS.

QUANTUM NAMING PROTOCOL. LIGHT FIXTURES FED BY EMERGENCY PANEL SHALL MATCH ON/OFF/DIMMED SCENE SETTINGS

1. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ZONE NAME WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS AND COORDINATE AS REQUIRED WITH EXISTING LUTRON

LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL NOTES
CONFIGURATION WITH LIGHTING CONTROL VENDOR AND FIELD CONDITIONS.

INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING FINAL RELAY NOTE: RELAY NUMBERING ON SCHEDULE IS INTENDED TO COMMUNICATE DESIGN INTENT AND IS FOR 12 SPARE
11 SPARE
10 1ELP-U-8 CENTER CORRIDOR 2-WIRE LUTRON 160 E-10
9 1ELP-U-6 CENTER CORRIDOR 2-WIRE LUTRON 160 E-9
8 1ELP-U-4 BALLROOM B8 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-8
7 1ELP-U-4 BALLROOM B7 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-7
6 1ELP-U-4 BALLROOM B6 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-6
5 1ELP-U-4 BALLROOM B5 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-5
4 1ELP-U-2 BALLROOM B4 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-4
3 1ELP-U-2 BALLROOM B3 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-3
2 1ELP-U-2 BALLROOM B2 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-2
1 1ELP-U-2 BALLROOM B1 2-WIRE LUTRON 80 E-1

TYPE (WATTS)

RELAY CIRCUIT LOAD CONTROLLED MODULE LOAD ZONE
LOCATION: CORR E2F37 VOLTAGE: 120
PANEL NAME: ELCP MOUNTING: SURFACE

LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

T D T D T D T D

T D T D T D T D
T
T
T
T
T
T
TPC
EXTRDMCPG12LUT
TPC
EXTRDMCPG12LUT
TPC

EXTRDMLUTQTM
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
ES
17 18
19 25
31 37
43 49
50 EB EC ED EE EF EG EH EJ EK EL EM EN EO EP EQ ER
34 37.5

43.5 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1 D1 D1E D1 D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1E
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1 D1 D1E D1 D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1E
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D2 D2D2ED2
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D2E D2D2 D2
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D2E D2D2 D2 D2ED2 D2
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1 D1 D1E D1 D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1E
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1 D1 D1E D1 D1
D1 D1 D1 D1 D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1E
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
TRACK
(ETR)
T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1
T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3-4
L2
L2
L2
1 (TYP)
2 (TYP)
3 1
1 (TYP)
2 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
5 (TYP)
6(TYP)
7 B1
E2F22
B3
E2F23
B5
E2F24
B7
E2F25
B10
E2C19
B6
E2C17
B4
E2C16
B2
E2C15
8 9
10 1
E2-1 TYP
5 E2-1
NOT IN
SCOPE
1 1

ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR
ETR
ETR
ETR
1 1
ETR
ETR
ETR
L3-4
L3-4
L3-4
L3-4
L3-2
11 ETR ETR
1 ETR ETR
1 ETR ETRETR ETR
3 E2-1 TYP
1 1
1 12 12
1212

BALLROOM
B
E2C46
13 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4
6 E2-1
(TYP)
14 L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 CPG12
(TYP)
14 (3)96W (3)96W (3)96W (3)96W
(3)96W (3)96W (3)96W (3)96W
60W
60W
60W
60W
60W
60W
60W60W
60W
L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4L4
60W
L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4
60W
L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4
E2-1
2 60W
60W
60W 60W
7 E2-1
MS

ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR
ETR
ETR

ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETRETRETR
ETR
ETR
MS
MS
MS
MS MS
MS
MS
(TYP)
15 60W
60W
60W
60W
60W
60W
60W
FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:19:56 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

LIGHTING PLAN

BALLROOM B
E1-2

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
1/8" = 1'-0"1 LIGHTING PLAN BALLROOM B
ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES:
1 DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES/CIRCUITS TO BE

CONNECTED TO EXISTING LUTRON SYSTEM THROUGH NEW
DIMMING PANEL WITH UL924 LISTED LUT-ELI TRANSFER
DEVICE. DEVICE TO ALLOW THESE FIXTURES TO DIM AND
PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER. WHEN NORMAL SENSING

POWER IS LOST, LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SIGNALED TO
FULL BRIGHTNESS.
2 INSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION 6" RECESSED LED
DOWNLIGHT CENTERED WITHIN NEW CEILING TILE. UTILIZE

EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RE-CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE TO
EXISTING LUTRON PANEL. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE
2-WIRE DIMMING SIGNAL TYPE.
3 INSTALL NEW TRACK HEAD ON EXISTING TRACK.

CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM EXISTING TRACK TYPE FOR

TRACK HEAD CONNECTOR COMPATIBILITY PRIOR TO
PURCHASE. REPLACE 1-FOR-1.
4 INSTALL NEW LED RGBW LIGHT FIXTURE USING SIMILAR
LOCATION OF PREVIOUS NEON FIXTURE INSTALLATION.

INSTALL REMOTE POWER SUPPLY AND DMX DECODER
EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR BASE OF WALL DETAIL. REFER TO
ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS ON SHEET E2-1 FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND
RE-CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE TO EXISTING LUTRON PANEL.
5 INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT FIXTURE USING SIMILAR LOCAT ION OF PREVIOUS NEON FIXTURE INSTALLATION. LIGHT

FIXTURES SHALL BE CENTERED WITHIN COVE, RUN

CONTINUOUSLY FROM WALL-TO-WALL, AND BE NOT MORE
THAN 1" FROM WALL. INSTALL REMOTE POWER SUPPLY ON
FLOOR BASE OR WALL DETAIL. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND
SECTIONS ON SHEET E2-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RE-CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE
TO EXISTING LUTRON PANEL.
6 INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED TO INTERIOR

COVE VALANCE AND AIMED UPWARD TO GRAZE CURVED
WALL. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS ON SHEET
E2-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. UTILIZE EXISTING

CIRCUIT AND RE-CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE TO EXISTING
PREFUNCTION AREA PANEL.
7 INSTALL LED LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN WALL COVE ABOVE

DOORS AND MOUNTED SUCH THAT TOP OF FIXTURE IS
ALIGNED WITH TOP OF VALANCE. ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE L-BRACKET FOR MOUNTING.

LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CENTERED WITHIN COVE, RUN

CONTINUOUSLY FROM WALL-TO-WALL, AND BE NOT MORE
THAN 1" FROM WALL. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND
SECTIONS ON SHEET E2-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

INSTALL REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WITHIN SERVICE

CORRIDOR, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING
CEILING ACCESS PANELS. UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND
RE-CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE TO EXISTING LUTRON PANEL.
8 INSTALL TOUCH SCREEN PANEL CONTROLLER FOR NEW
DMX LIGHT FIXTURE CONTROL WITHIN EXISTING BALLROOM.

COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER AND EXISTING
SERVICE CORRIDOR EQUIPMENT.
9 INSTALL DIN RAIL MOUNT DMX ON WALL WITHIN SERVICE
CORRIDOR. COORDINATION LOCATION WITH EXISTING
EQUIPMENT AND MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCES.
10 INSTALL NEW LUTRON 12-CIRCUIT FEED THRU DIMMING

PANEL AND EMERGENCY INTERFACE EQUIPMENT WITHIN
SERVICE CORRIDOR NEXT TO EXISTING 1ELP-U ON EXISTING
UNISTRUT (REFER TO DETAIL 3 ON THIS SHEET).

COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND
MANUFACTURER CLEARANCES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY 3PHASE 4WIRE CONDITION OF EXISTING 1ELP-U
PANEL TO ENSURE NEW DIMMING PANEL SPECIFICATION.

LOCATE LUTRON EMERGENCY INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
ABOVE NEW 12-CIRCUIT DIMMING PANEL AS PER TYPICAL
MANUFACTURER DETAIL.
11 EXISTING NEON LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN UNLESS
FURTHER REQUESTED BY OWNER.
12 EXTEND LIGHTING CIRCUIT WIRING FROM PREVIOUS LIGH T
FIXTURE LOCATION TO NEW INSTALLATION.
13 RELOCATE QUANTUM PROCESSOR AS REQUIRED TO

NEAR-BY CLEAR WALL SPACE WITHIN SERVICE CORRIDOR

PROVIDE UNISTRUT AS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING (REFER
TO DETAIL 3 ON THIS SHEET). RE-WIRE CONNECTIONS TO
EXISTING LIGHTING PANEL 1D-U AND 2D-U AS REQUIRED.

CONNECT NEW DIMMING PANEL TO QUANTUM SYSTEM.

UPGRADE SOFTWARE AS REQUIRED. SYSTEM SHALL BE

COMMISSIONED BY LUTRON FIELD AGENT TO MAINTAIN

ZONE SETTING INTENT AS PER EXISTING CONDITIONS
UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER.
14 INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT FIXTURE IN SAME LOCATION AS

THE PREVIOUS LIGHT FIXTURES BEHIND THE ACRYLIC
PANEL CEILING DETAIL. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE

CENTERED WITHIN COVE, RUN CONTINUOUSLY FROM
WALL-TO-WALL, AND BE NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM WALL.

INSTALL REMOTE POWER SECURED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
ACCESSIBLE CEILING TILES. UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RE-CONNECT TO EXISTING LUTRON PANEL.
15 EXISTING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WALL STATION TO
REMAIN. LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. VERIFY
QUANTITY WITH ONSITE CONDITIONS.

LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES
1 REFER TO SHEET E0-0 FOR ADDITIONAL
GENERAL NOTES.
2 REFER TO SHEETS E1-1 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE
SCHEDULE.
3 REFER TO SHEET E1-1 FOR LIGHTING

CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE AND LIGHTING

CONTROL ONE-LINE AND CONTROL SEQUENCE OF
OPERATIONS FOR PERFORMANCE INTENT.

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

L2

REMOVE NEON LIGHT

FIXTURE AND INSTALL NEW
LED LIGHT FIXTURE. LOCATE

REMOTE POWER SUPPLY

WITHIN SERVICE CORRIDOR

UTILIZING EXISTING ACCESS
PANEL.

INSTALL LED LIGHT FIXTURE

SECURED TO SIDE OF
EXISTING COVE. MOUNT LED

STRIP FIXURE ON TOP OF L-

BRACKET TO THAT TOP OF

FIXTURE LENS IS FLUSH
WITH TOP OF COVE LIP.

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
SHALL PROVIDE L-BRACKET.

EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN

RELOCATE LUTRON QUANTUM EQUIPMENT TO
NEW WALL LOCATION.

PROVIDE UNISTRUT FOR MOUNTING AS
REQUIRED. RE-WORK WIRING AS NEEDED TO

MAINTAIN CONNECTION TO EXISTING LIGHTING
PANELS.

INSTALL NEW 12-CIRCUIT FEED-THRU

DIMMING PANEL AND EMERGENCY

TRANSFER DEVICE (LUT-ELI) IN THIS
LOCATION . CONNECT NEW
EQUIPMENT TO QUANTUM PANEL.

L3

INSTALL LED LIGHT

FIXTURE MOUNTED TO

SIDE OF VALNCE AND

PLACED SUCH THAT TOP

OF FIXTURE IS ALIGNED
WITH TOP OF VALANCE.

REMOVE FLUORESCENT

STRIP LIGHT
L2

REMOVE NEON LIGHT

FIXTURE AND INSTALL NEW
LED LIGHT FIXTURE.

LOCATE REMOTE POWER
SUPPLY WITHIN COVE.

PREFUNCTION AREA BALLROOM
L1
L1

REMOVE NEON LIGHT

FIXTURE AND INSTALL NEW
LED LIGHT FIXTURE. LOCATE

REMOTE POWER SUPPLY

AND DMX INTERFACE
EQUIPMENT WITHIN COVE.

L1
L1 (TYP)

FOLLOW CURVE OF WALL
DETAIL BY USING 2-FT

SEGMENT LED FIXTURE

LENGTHS

REMOVE NEON LIGHT FIXTURE

AND INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT
FIXTURE. LOCATE REMOTE

POWER SUPPLY AND DMX

INTERFACE EQUIPMENT
WITHIN COVE.

ROUTE NEW LOW-VOLTAGE

AND DMX WIRING THROUGH

WALL TO REMOTE EQUIPMENT

LOCATED IN BASE OF WALL
DETAIL.
4 E2-1

EXITEXIT
(ETR) (ETR)
L4

REMOVE FLUORESCENT LIGHT

FIXTURE AND INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT
FIXTURE. PROVIDE BLOCK TO ALIGN

TOP OF LIGHT FIXTURE WITH BOTTOM
OF ACRYLIC PANEL. SECURE REMOTE

POWER SUPPLY TO STRUCTURE
ABOVE ACCESSIBLE TILE CEILING.

ALIGN
L4

REMOVE FLUORESCENT LIGHT

FIXTURES AND INSTALL NEW LED LIGHT
FIXTURE. MOUNT LED LIGHT FIXTURE

TO SIDE OF CEILING SOFFIT BEHIND
TRANSLUCENT PANELS. OREINT LIGHT

FIXTURE TO AIM OUT, INTO, BALLROOM
AS SHOWN. SECURE REMOTE POWER

SUPPLY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
ACCESSIBLE TILE CEILING.

FAXTEL
PROJECT NO.

Copyright C
ISSUED BY:

ISSUED DATE:

SHEET TITLE:

DISCIPLINE - CATEGORY - SUB CATEGORY - SHEET

REVISIONS

PROJECT NORTH
®
(913) 742-5000 (913) 742-5001
LENEXA, KS 66214
8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300
WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM
®
®

ARCHITECT OF RECORD

POPULOUS
4800 Main Street Suite 300
Kansas City, MO 64112
816-221-1500
HVAC and LIGHTING ENGINEER

HENDERSON ENGINEERS
8345 Lenexa Drive
Lenexa, KS 66214
913-742-5000
Sacramento Convention Center Ballroom B Upgrades
9/7/2021 10:20:02 AM

CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
September 8, 2021

LIGHTING DETAILS
E2-1

17.4465
09/08/2021
2019
RUSSELL J. MURDOCK
1650002727
1400 J St, Sacramento, CA 95814
NTS1 BALLROOM B - EXISTING SECTION @ WEST ENTRY/EXT DOORS NTS2 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS - EXISTING LUTRON QUANTUM RELOCATION NTS5 BALLROOM B - EXISTING SECTION @ VESTIBULE 337 CEILING LIGHT COVE NTS4 BALLROOM B - EXISTING WALL SECTION @ BALLROOM DOORS NTS3 BALLROOM B - EXISTING PARTIAL WALL ELEVATION @ BALLROOM DOORS NTS6 BALLROOM B - EXISTING DETAIL @ CEILING LIGHT ALCOVE NTS7 BALLROOM B - EXISTING DETAIL @ CEILING CUSTOM LIGHT FIXTURE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
09/08/2021

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

PROJECT MANUAL

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ARCHITECTURAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

05.1 - 1

ARCHITECTURAL CERTIFICATION

1.1 CERTIFICATION
A. I hereby certify that these Specifications have been prepared by me, or under my supervision. I further certify that to the best of my knowledge these Specifications are as required by and in compliance with Building Codes of the State of California.

B. I hereby specify that the documents intended to be authenticated by my seal are limited to:
00 01 05 ARCHITECTURAL CERTIFICATION
00 01
10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY
01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 35 16 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 42 00 REFERENCES
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 73 00 EXECUTION
01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ARCHITECTURAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

05.1 - 2

1.2 PROFESSIONAL SEAL
A. Signature: Date: 9/8/21

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 MECHANICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

05.5 - 1

MECHANICAL CERTIFICATION

1.1 CERTIFICATION
A. I hereby certify that these Specifications have been prepared by me, or under my supervision. I further certify that to the best of my knowledge these Specifications are as required by and in compliance with Building Codes of the State of California.

B. I hereby specify that the documents intended to be authenticated by my seal are limited to:
230010 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
2300
15 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
230510 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230700 HVAC INSULATION
230913 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC
230923 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC
232113 HYDRONIC PIPING
232114 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
233113 METAL DUCTS
233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS

1.2 P

ROFESSIONAL SEAL
A. Signature: __________________________ Date: _____________ 09/08/2021

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 MECHANICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

05.5 - 2

THIS IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

06.5 - 1

ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATION

1.1 CERTIFICATION
A. I hereby certify that these Specifications have been prepared by me, or under my supervision. I further certify that to the best of my knowledge these Specifications are as required by and in compliance with Building Codes of the State of California.

B. I hereby specify that the documents intended to be authenticated by my seal are limited to:
260010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
2605
00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING

1.2 P

ROFESSIONAL SEAL
A. Signature: __________________________ Date: _____________ 09/08/2021

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01

06.5 - 2

THIS IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 SEISMIC CERTIFICATION
00 01

05.7- 1

SEISMIC CERTIFICATION

1.1 CERTIFICATION
A. I hereby certify that these Specifications have been prepared by me, or under my supervision. I further certify that to the best of my knowledge these Specifications are as required by and in compliance with Building Codes of the State of California.

B. I hereby specify that the documents intended to be authenticated by my seal are limited to:
200548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEP/F/T SYSTEMS

1.2 P

ROFESSIONAL SEAL
A. Signature: __________________________ Date: _____________ 09/08/2021

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© POPULOUS 2021 SEISMIC CERTIFICATION
00 01 0

5.7- 2

THIS IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 1
DOCUMENT 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 01 05 ARCHITECTURAL CERTIFICATION
00 01 05 MECHANICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01 05 ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATION
00 01 05 SEISMIC CERTIFICATION
00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
General Requirements Subgroup
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY
01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 35 16 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 42 00 REFERENCES
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 73 00 EXECUTION
01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Facility Construction Subgroup
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 05 - METALS

NO SECTIONS

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 2
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD
09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 15 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 16 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 17 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 18 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 19 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 3
Facility Services Subgroup
DIVISION 20 - RESERVED
200548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEP/F/T SYSTEMS
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230010 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
230015 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
230510 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230700 HVAC INSULATION
230913 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC
230923 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC
232113 HYDRONIC PIPING
232114 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT
233113 METAL DUCTS
233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS
DIVISION 24 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260548 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS

NO SECTIONS

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 4
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 29 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
Site and Infrastructure Subgroup
DIVISION 30 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 34 - TRANSPORTATION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 35 - WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 36 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 37 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 38 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 39 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
Process Equipment Subgroup
DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 41 - MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 42 - PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 43 - PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 5
DIVISION 44 - POLLUTION AND WASTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 45 - INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 46 - WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 47 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 48 - ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION

NO SECTIONS
DIVISION 49 - RESERVED

NO SECTIONS

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 1
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.

2. Work covered by Contract Documents.

3. Access to site.

4. Coordination with occupants.

5. Work restrictions.

6. Specification and Drawing conventions.

7. Miscellaneous provisions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitati ons and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: SAFE Credit Union Convention Center Ballroom B HVAC & Lighting Systems.

1. Project Location: 1400 J Street, Sacramento, CA 95814.

B. Owner: City of Sacramento, 915 I St. Sacramento, CA 95814.

1. Owner's Representative: Mr. Mack Smith; [email protected]; 916-808-5445 (work); 916-960-9214 (mobile).

C. Architect: Populous Architects; Ms. Danielle May; [email protected]; 816- 329-4532.

D. Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 2

1. MEP Engineer: Henderson Enginee rs; Mr. Don Clark ;
[email protected]; 913 -742-5526 (work); 816 -804-4313 (mobile).

E. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Contractor will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage.

1. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for using web-based Project software.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract D ocuments and generally consists of the following:

1. Replacement of existing suspended acoustical panel system.

2. Existing lighting replacement.

3. Existing terminal air unit relocation.

4. Other Work indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Dr awings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.

B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to Work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine construction operations to Ballroom B.

2. Driveways, W alkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 3
C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of exi sting building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period.

Repair damage caused by construction operations.

D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.

1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under c onstruction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to exist ing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy.

3. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed.

On occupancy, O wner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 4
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner not less than seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.

D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

E. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.

F. Employee Identification: Owner will provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.

G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site.

1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative.

1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contrac tor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 5

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.

3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 1
SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc luding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions and Value Engineering.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are requ ired due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided in Project Manual.

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable.
b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to constru ction performed by Owner and

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 2
separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar i nstallations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated.
m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejec tion of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptan ce: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 3

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Re vise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time req uired for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the C ontract Documents and will produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approv als of authorities having jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested subs titution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated.

C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record n oncompliance with these requirements:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 4
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction b y Owner, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been co ordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

1.8 VALUE ENGINEERING
A. The Owner encourages voluntary development, preparation, and submittal of Value Engineering proposals (VEP's). Proposals may be submitted to the Owner for modifying the plans, specifications, or other requirements of the contract for the purpose of reducing the total cost of construction without impairing in any manner the essential functions or characteristics of the project. All aspects of the proposed change will be evaluated in determining the value of the proposed change to the project, for example: service life, economy of operations, ease of maintenance, appearance, and design and safety standards.

B. Value Engineering Proposals may be initiated by the Contractor including subcontractors, the Owner, and the Owner's designer including subconsultants.

C. Upon receipt of a Value Engineering Proposal (VEP), the Owner will assemble a preliminary review team to evaluate all aspects of the VEP, for example: construction cost savings, contractor costs to develop and implement the VEP, Owner costs to develop and implement the VEP, required design changes, and functional considerations.

D. If the preli minary review results in agreement on the merits of further action on the VEP, the review team will recommend full development of the VEP. The Owner will estimate development, life cycle, and redesign costs, and the contractor will estimate and propose construction costs savings.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 5

1.9 VEP FORMAT
A. The Contractor's Value Engineering Proposal will contain the following:

1. A description of the proposed change and of the existing contract requirements affected by the proposed change.

2. A detailed estimate of the costs of performing the work as originally designed and of the costs of performing in accordance with the proposed change.

3. Advantages and disadvantages of the existing design and the proposed change.

4. A statement as to the effect that the proposed change will have on the time required for completion of the project.

B. The City shall prepare the following:

1. A list of contract document changes required by acceptance of the proposed change.

2. A detailed estimate of Owner development and redesign costs required by acceptance of the proposed change.

3. An estimate of time duration for redesign effort required by acceptance of the proposed change.

4. An estimate of the effect of the proposed change on life cycle costs.

1.10 ANALYSIS FOR ACCEPTANCE
A. The review team will analyze th e fully developed proposal for functional equivalence, characteristics, development costs, construction cost savings, and life cycle costs, and recommend acceptance or rejection by the Owner.

B. The Owner will be the sole judge of acceptability of the proposal.

1.11 MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT FOR VEP
A. Upon acceptance of a VEP, the Owner and Contractor will agree on the scope and price adjustments required. The contract price will be reduced by the following amount:
(Construction cost savings less contractor development costs less Owner development costs) multiplied by 0.50.

B. Upon agreement as to changes in scope and price, the necessary change order will be issued, specifically stating that it is issued under the provision Section: VALUE ENGINEERING of this contract, a nd fully describing the required changes in the plans and specifications.

C. During submittal, analysis, review, and negotiation of any VEP, the Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the original requirements of the contract unless otherwise directed in writing by the Owner.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 6
PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 25 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 1
SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc luding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Owner will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Construction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Chang e Proposal Requests issued by Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 2
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner. Sample copies are included in this section.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed condi tions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Construction Manager.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete des cription of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use EZ-PCO form provided by Owner . Sample copy is included in this section.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 21 00 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 01 22 00 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work.

1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 3

1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account an d supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 26 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00 - 1
SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures " for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

2. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Prog ress Documentation " for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various po rtions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Submit the schedule of values to City’s Project Manager at earliest possible date, but no later than 14 days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

3. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Wo rk, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each element.

4. Subschedules for Separate Design Contracts: Where the Owner has retained design professionals under separate contracts who will each provide certification of payment requests, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with the

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00 - 2
scope of each design services contract , as described in Section 01 10 00 "Summary."
B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:
a. Project name and location.
b. City's Project number.
c. Contractor's name, address and phone number.
d. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of City provided Schedule of Values form.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.

4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

5. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

6. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item.

7. Overhead Costs: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items.

8. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling equal or greater than five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount.

9. Schedule of Values Revisions : Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by City’s Project Manager and paid for by Owner.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00 - 3

1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment ten days prior to due date for review by City Labor Compliance, Inspector, Project & Construction Manager.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use City provided form for Applications for Payment.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. City will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has b een received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

4. Indicate separate amounts fo r work being carried out under Owner -requested project acceleration.

E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

1. Provide address of warehouse facility, certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials.

2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requ ested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials.

3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.

F. Transmittal: Submit one signed original cop y of each Application for Payment to Construction Manager by a method ensuring receipt.Include waivers of lien and similar attachments as required.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal f orm listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00 - 4

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.

3. Owner reserves the right t o designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors.

2. Schedule of values.

3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).

4. Combined Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final) incorporating Work of multiple contracts, with indication of acceptance of schedule by each Contractor.

5. Products list (preliminary if not final).

6. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data.

7. Schedule of unit prices.

8. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).

9. List of Contractor's staff assignments.

10. List of Contractor's principal consultants.

11. Copies of building permits.

12. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work.

13. Initial progress report.

14. Report of preconstruction conference.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After City issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.

2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00 - 5

4. Evidence that claims have been settled.

5. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

6. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 29 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 1
SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provi sions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures.

2. Coordination drawings.

3. RFIs.

4. Digital project management procedures.

5. Project meetings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing a nd submitting Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedu res" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BIM: Building Information Modeling.

B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying indi viduals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 2

1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telep hone numbers and e -mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.

1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of th e Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.

Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordinati on. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administra tive activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the schedule of values.

3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

5. Progress meetings.

6. Preinstallation conferences.

7. Project closeout activities.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 3

8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additional ly where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components.
b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
e. Indicate required installation sequences.
f. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:

1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.

2. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ce iling, and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components.

3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment.

4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings requi red for all disciplines.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 4

5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.

6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.

7. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inchesin diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor-control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.

8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.

9. Review: Owner will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the Work is being coordi nated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Owner determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Owner will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit.

10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings.

2. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination drawing files into BIM established for Project.
a. Perform three-dimensional component conflict analysis as part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve component conflicts prior to submittal. Indicate where conflict resolution requires modification of design requirements by Architect.

3. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 5
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Architect’s program and version in effect for the Project
c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of the Agreement included in this Project Manual, or if not included, as acceptable to Architect and Owner.

1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Owner will return without response those RFIs submitted to Owner by other entities controlled by Contractor.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of i tem needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.

2. Project number.

3. Date.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of Architect and Owner

6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.

7. RFI subject.

8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.

9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.

11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.

12. Contractor's signature.

13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Form bound in Project Manual or Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Owner.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 6
D. Owner's Action: Owner will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.

Allow five working days for Owner's response for each RFI. RFIs receiv ed by Owner after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Owner's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Owner's time for response will date from time of receipt by Owner of additional information.

3. Owner's action on RFIs that may result i n a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or t he Contract Sum, notify Owner in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name.

2. Name and address of Contractor.

3. Name and address of Architect.

4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.

5. RFI description.

6. Date the RFI was submitted.

7. Date Owner's response was received.

8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

F. On receipt of Owner's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner within five days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's CAD drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 7

1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.

2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.

3. Digital Data Software Pr ogram: Drawings are available in Architect’s program and version in effect for the Project

4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of the Agreement included in this Project Manual , or if not included, as acceptable to Architect and Owner.
a. Subcontractors, and other parties grante d access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual.

5. AutoCAD background drawings will be made available for Owner’s use.

6. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
a. Site plans.
b. Floor plans.
c. Reflected ceiling plans.

B. Web-Based Project Software: Provide, administer, and use web-based Project software site f or purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion.

1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project.

Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders.
e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats , allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted.
g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 8
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.

2. Provide up to seven web-based Project sof tware user licenses for use of Owner, , Architect, and Architect's consultants. Upon request, provide four hours of software training at Owner's office for web-based Project software users.

3. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in format that is readable by common desktop software applications in format acceptable to Architect. Provide data in locked format to prevent further changes.

4. Provide one of the following web -based Project software packages under their current published licensing agreements:
a. Autodesk;
b. Corecon Technologies, Inc.
c. Meridian Systems; Prolog.
d. Newforma, Inc.
e. Procore Technologies, Inc.
f. Viewpoint, Inc.; Viewpoint for Project Collaboration.

C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single inde xed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

3. Certifications: Whe re digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates an d times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distr ibute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 9
B. Preconstruction Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct ] a preconstruction conference before starting construct ion, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Sustainable design requirements.
o. Preparation of Record Documents.
p. Use of the premises.
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
s. Owner's occupancy requirements.
t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. u. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
w. Construction waste management and recycling.
x. Parking availability.
y. Office, work, and storage areas.
z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. First aid.
bb. Security.
cc. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and d istribute meeting minutes.

C. Sustainable Design Requirements Coordination Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct a sustainable design coordination conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Architect, and Contractor.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 10

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent and sustainable design coordinator; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect meeting sustainable design requirements, including the following:
a. General requirements for sustainable design -related procurement and documentation.
b. Project closeout requirements and sustainable design certification procedures.
c. Construction waste management.
d. Construction operations and restrictions.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

D. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its c oordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Owner of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Sustainable design requirements.
i. Review of mockups.
j. Possible conflicts.
k. Compatibility requirements.
l. Time schedules.
m. Weather limitations.
n. Manufacturer's written instructions.
o. Warranty requirements.
p. Compatibility of materials.
q. Acceptability of substrates.
r. Temporary facilities and controls.
s. Space and access limitations.
t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 11
u. Testing and inspecting requirements.
v. Installation procedures.
w. Coordination with other work.
x. Required performance results.
y. Protection of adjacent work.
z. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impedime nts to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

E. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web -based Project software site data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training.
h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Coordination of separate contracts.
l. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
m. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. n. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

F. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 12

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.

2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner , and Architect, each contractor, sub contractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.

Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction sche dule.

Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Progress cleaning.
11) Quality and work standards.
12) Status of correction of deficient items.
13) Field observations.
14) Status of RFIs.
15) Status of Proposal Requests.
16) Pending changes.
17) Status of Change Orders.
18) Pending claims and disputes.
19) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's c onstruction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 13
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

G. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals.

Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meeting s held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Archi tect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that cou ld affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behin d schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Work hours.
11) Hazards and risks.
12) Progress cleaning.
13) Quality and work standards.
14) Status of RFIs.
15) Proposal Requests.
16) Change Orders.
17) Pending changes.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 31 00 - 14

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 31 00

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION / INTERPRETATION

Project: City of Sacramento R.F.I. Number:_________

Ballroom B HVAC & Lighting Systems

From:________________

To: ____________________ Date: ________ ________

Fax: ____________

City Project Number:

Specification Section: Paragr aph: Drawing Reference: Detail

Request/Recommendation:

* Requested Date/Time for Response:

Signed by:

Response:

Attachments

Response From: To: * Date Rec’d: * Date Ret’d:

Signed by:

Copies: Owner __ ______ ___ _____ ______ File

* Contractor shall allow up to 5 working days review and response time for RFI’s, unless review is required of multiple consultants, then the review and response period shall be 5 working days.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 1
SECTION 01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Co ntract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Startup construction schedule.

2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.

3. Construction schedule updating reports.

4. Daily construction reports.

5. Material location reports.

6. Site condition reports.

7. Unusual event reports.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.

3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocat ion of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities ar e arranged based on activity relationships.

Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establis hes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 2
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both p arties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting o r completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.

2. PDF file, emailed to Owner and Architect.

B. Startup construction schedule.

1. Submittal of cost -loaded, startup construction schedule will not constit ute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.

E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM s chedule, submit each of the following reports.

Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date.

3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 3

4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed until most recent Application for Payment.

F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.

H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.

I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.

K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Consultant Qua lifications: Experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Owner's request.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.

2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.

3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages , area separations , interim milestones, and, partial Owner occupancy.

4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.

5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.

6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.

7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent tes ting and inspecting agencies.

9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities.

10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.

11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 4

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in t he network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

1. Use Scheduling component of Project software specified in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination,".

B. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling.

1. In-House Option: Owner may waive requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.

2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact.

C. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of Substantial Completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

D. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Owner.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.

5. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning.

6. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's and Owner’s administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

7. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 5
E. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.

3. Work by Owner: Include a separat e activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner.

4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.

Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use-of-premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.

7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
c. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
l. Building flush-out.
m. Startup and placement into final use and operation.

8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 6
b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.
c. Permanent space enclosure.
d. Completion of mechanical installation.
e. Completion of electrical installation.
f. Substantial Completion.

F. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion:

G. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.

1. See Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.

H. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues.

2. Unanswered Requests for Information.

3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.

4. Notations on returned submittals.

5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.

I. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule three days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

J. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

K. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 7

2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for commencement of the Work.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt - chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion in 10 percentage increments within time bar.

1.10 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice of Award. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 8
a. Failure to include any work item required for p erformance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates.

2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providin g data and using CPM schedule information.

3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.

4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate with the Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and inspection.
j. Commissioning.
k. Punch list and final completion.
l. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time - scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 9

5. Cost- and Resource -Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to con struction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Owner’s approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities.

Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, sustainable design documentation, and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. a. Each activity cost reflects an appropriate value subject to Owner approval. b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragme nt to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start -total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2. Description of activity.

3. Main events of activity.

4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.

5. Early and late start dates.

6. Early and late finish dates.

7. Activity duration in workdays.

8. Total float or slack time.

9. Average size of workforce.

10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed.

2. Changes in early and late start dates.

3. Changes in early and late finish dates.

4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.

5. Changes in the critical path.

6. Changes in total float or slack time.

7. Changes in the Contract Time.

H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.

1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.

2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.

3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 10

4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts three days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1.11 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.

2. List of separate contractors at Project site.

3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.

4. Equipment at Project site.

5. Material deliveries.

6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow.

7. Testing and inspection.

8. Accidents.

9. Meetings and significant decisions.

10. Unusual events.

11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

12. Meter readings and similar recordings.

13. Emergency procedures.

14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.

15. Change Orders received and implemented.

16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.

17. Services connected and disconnected.

18. Equipment or system tests and startups.

19. Partial completions and occupancies.

20. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of p rogress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:

1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.

2. Material removed from storage and installed.

3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.

C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference betw een site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00 - 11
D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a spec ial report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

1. Submit unusual event repo rts directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 32 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33 - 1
SECTION 01 32 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc luding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.

2. Periodic construction photographs.

3. Final completion construction photographs.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.

2. Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for photographic docum entation before selective demolition operations commence.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notatio n of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph and video recording . Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.

B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within five days of taking photographs.

1. Submit photos on USB thumb-drive or by uploading to web -based project software site . Include digital copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction.

2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag or in web-based project software site:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Architect and Owner.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33 - 2
f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.

B. Construction Webcam Service Provider: A firm specializing in providing photographic equipment, web -based software, and related services for construction projects, with record of providing satisfactory services similar to those required for Project.

1.5 FORMATS AND MEDIA
A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels, and with vibration -reduction technology . Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions.

B. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally rec orded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

C. Metadata: Record accurate date and time and GPS location data from camera.

D. File Names: Name media files with date and Project Name and sequential numbering suffix.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.

B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus.

1. Maintain key plan with each set o f construction photographs that identifies each photographic location.

C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during constr uction, from different vantage points, as directed by Owner.

1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.

2. Take 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work.

3. Take 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.

4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33 - 3
D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Owner will inform photographer of desired vantage points.

F. Additional Photographs: Owner may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum.

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.

2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.

3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Special events planned at Project site.
b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses.
c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.

These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 32 33

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 1
SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Genera l and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Submittal schedule requirements.

2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values.

2. Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web -based Project software.

3. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

4. Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion construction photographs.

5. Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for subm itting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.

6. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.

7. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

8. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Owner's responsive action. Action submittal s are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 2
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Owner’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not c omplying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates requi red by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Owner and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the firs t 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Owner's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:

1. Project name.

2. Date.

3. Name of Architect.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 3

6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.

7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals.

8. Category and type of submittal.

9. Submittal purpose and description.

10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items.

11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

12. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.

13. Other necessary identification.

14. Remarks.

15. Signature of transmitter.

B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Owner.

C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Owner on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet.

D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.

E. Submittals for Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files, or other format indicated by Project software website.

1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Email: Prepare submittals as PD F package, and transmit to Architect by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by Architect.
a. Owner will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file.

2. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web -based software site to fully identify submittal.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 4

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently .

Partial submittals are prohibited. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

3. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so proce ssing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Owner reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.

CI. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Owner' s action stamp.

CII. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

CIII. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner' s action stamp.

1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a s ingle submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 5

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.

B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.Submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

C. Samples: Submit Samples for r eview of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 6
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web -based software site to fully identify submittal.

5. Paper Transmittal: Include paper tr ansmittal including complete submittal information indicated.

6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity.

Sample sets may be used to determine fin al acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

7. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Owner will return submittal with options selected.

8. Samples for Verification: Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Owner will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 7
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.

Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.

2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.

3. Number and name of room or space.

4. Location within room or space.

E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabil ities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections.

Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include lo ad diagrams if applicable.

Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal.

G. Certificates:

1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for pr eparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.

2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing exper ience where required.

4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

H. Test and Research Reports:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 8

1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standa rd form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating a nd interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a quali fied testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that curr ent product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
c. Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers' names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.

1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In add ition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 9

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner.

B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp or indication in web-based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

1. Owner will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.

1.10 OWNER’S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Owner will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it.

1. PDF Submittals: Owner will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action.

2. Submittals by Web -Based Project Software: Owner will indicate, on Project software website, the appropriate action.

B. Informational Submittals: Owner will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

D. Owner will return witho ut review submittals received from sources other than Contractor.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Owner without action.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00 - 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 33 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 1
SECTION 01 35 16 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes special procedures for alteration work.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance work performed within existing spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project.

B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.

C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's prebid selection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.

D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

E. Match: To blend w ith adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect.

F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or as otherwise indicated.

G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes. This includes patching, piecing -in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials.

H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.

I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 2
J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.

K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.

L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.

1.4 COORDINATION
A. Alteration Work Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing and scheduling of alteration work for entire Project, including each activity to be performed, and based on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical construction activities from separate entities responsible for alteration work.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best Work results.

2. Coordinate sequence of alteration work activities to accommodate the following:
a. Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building. b. Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
c. Other known work in progress.
d. Tests and inspections.

3. Detail sequence of alteration work, with start and end dates.

4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

5. Use of elevator and stairs.

6. Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and wheel-base dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed for use in existing structure. Do not use such equipment without certification from Contractor's professional engineer that the structure can support the imposed loadings without damage.

1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK
A. Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work: Before starting alteration work, conduct conference at Project site.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and Contractor, testing service representative, specialists, and chemical-cleaner manufacturer(s) shall be represented at the meeting.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work, including review of the following:
a. Alteration Work Subschedule: Discuss and finalize; verify availability of materials, specialists' personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 3
b. Fire-prevention plan.
c. Governing regulations.
d. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection. e. Hauling routes.
f. Sequence of alteration work operations.
g. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated items.
h. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas where materials are stored.
i. Qualifications of personnel assigned to alteration work and assigned duties.
j. Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and required clearances.
k. Embedded work such as flashings and lintels, special details, collection of waste, protection of occupants and the public, and condition of other construction that affects the Work or will affect the work.

3. Reporting: Record conference results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from conference.

B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination meetings specifically for alteration work at regular intervals. Coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and Contractor, each specialist, supplier, installer, and other entity concerned with progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of alteration work activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to alteration work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Alteration Work Subschedule: Review progress since last coordination meeting. Determine whether each schedule item is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited with retention of quality; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule r evisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities are completed within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Alteration Work Subschedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
c. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including review items listed in the "Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work" Paragraph in this article and the following:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 4
1) Interface requirements of alteration work with other Project Work. 2) Status of submittals for alteration work.
3) Access to alteration work locations.
4) Effectiveness of fire-prevention plan.
5) Quality and work standards of alteration work.
6) Change Orders for alteration work.

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

1.6 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property.

1. Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Owner where directed at Project site.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Alteration Work Subschedule:

1. Submit alteration work subschedule within seven days of date established for Notice to Proceed.

B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show pre-existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that are to remain, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's alteration work operations.

C. Alteration Work Program: Submit 30 days before work begins.

D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Submit 30 days before work begins.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in specialty work similar in nature, materials, design, and extent to alteration work as specified in each Section and that has completed a minimum of five recent projects with a record of successful in-service performance that demonstrates the firm's qualifications to perform this work.

1. Field Supervisor Qualifications: Full -time supervisors experienced in specialty work similar in n ature, material, design, and extent to that indicated for this © Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 5
Project. Supervisors shall be on -site when specialty work begins and during its progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of the specialist firm.
a. Construct new mockups of required work whenever a supervisor is replaced.

B. Title X Requirement: Each firm conducting activities that disturb painted surfaces shall be a "Lead -Safe Certified Firm" according to 40 CFR 745, Subpart E, and use only workers that are trained in lead-safe work practices.

C. Alteration Work Program: Prepare a written plan for alteration work for whole Project, including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during operations. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedu res specified in this and other Sections. Coordinate this whole-Project alteration work program with specific requirements of programs required in other alteration work Sections.

1. Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust - and noise-control partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress.

2. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes, turning radii, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers.

D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work, including placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire - control devices during each phase or process. Coo rdinate plan with Owner's fire - protection equipment and requirements. Include fire -watch personnel's training, duties, and authority to enforce fire safety.

E. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.

1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Materials:

1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged items unless more extensive cleaning is indicated.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion ag ainst damage during handling.

Label contents of containers.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

B. Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation:

1. Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during handling. Label contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 6

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials to make items functional for use indicated.

C. Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in their original locations after alteration and other construction work in the vicinity is complete.

D. Storage: Catalog and store items within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and freezing temperatures.

1. Identify each item for reinstallation with a nonpermanent mark to document its original location. Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or photographs by annotating the identifying marks.

2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.

3. Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain temperatures 5 deg F or more above the dew point.

E. Storage Space:

1. Owner will arrange for limited on -site location(s) for free storage of salvaged material. This storage space does not include security and climate control for stored material.

2. Arrange for off-site locations for storage and protection of salvaged material that cannot be stored and protected on-site.

1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the Work by use of measured drawings , preconstruction photographs , and preconstruction video as required.

1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."
B. Discrepancies: Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.

C. Size Limitations in Existing Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within existing spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches or more.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from alteration work.

1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected.

2. Provide tempora ry barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from areas where alteration work is being performed.

3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes.

4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of p edestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during alteration work.

5. Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces.

6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as nece ssary. Do not overload structural elements.

7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining.

8. Provide supplemental sound -control treatment to isolate demolition work from other areas of the building.

B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:

1. Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated.

2. Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as indicated as part of the alteration work program.

C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.

D. Utility and Communications Services:

1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work before commencing operations.

2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as required for alteration work.

3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 8
E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediate ly of inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning properly.

1. Prevent solids such as adhesive or mortar residue or other debris from entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines tha t become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from alteration work.

2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass.

3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE
A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:

1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated.

2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work. a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such materials.

B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat -generating equipment or combustible materials, including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated:

1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of open-flame, welding or other high -heat equipment. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before each occurrence, indicating location and duration of such work.

2. As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas or outside the building.

3. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.

4. Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high - temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material.

5. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings.

6. Fire Watch: Before working with heat -generating equipment or combustible materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each location where such work is performed. Fire -watch personnel shall have the authority to enforce fire safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA 51B, NFPA 241, and as follows:
a. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire -control equipment and alarms.
b. Prohibit fire -watch personnel from other work that would be a distraction from fire-watch duties.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 9
c. Cease work with heat -generating equipment whenever fire -watch personnel are not present.
d. Have fire -watch personnel perform final fire -safety inspection each day beginning no sooner than 30 minutes after conclusion of work in each area to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper fire prevention is maintained.
e. Maintain fire-watch personnel at Project site until 60 minutes after conclusion of daily work.

C. Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire -watch personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use.

D. Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without interruption while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards.

1. Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever operations are paused, and when nearby work is complete.

3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from h arm or spillage resulting from applications of chemicals and adhesives.

B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in alteration work program. Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials.

C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces.

D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property.

E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior.

3.4 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK
A. Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16 - 10
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress.

C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs or video recordings. Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."
D. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards result ing from alterations.

E. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.

1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.

END OF SECTION 01 35 16

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 1
SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Genera l and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality -assurance and quality -control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specificatio n Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and quality -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction a re not limited by provisions of this Section.

4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further d escribed means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Quality -Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 2

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction act ivities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

D. Mockups: Full -size physical assemblies that are constructed on -site either as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless othe rwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspection s performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisd iction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

G. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perf orm specific tests, inspections, or both.

Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

J. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality - control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.

1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems c omplying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B

HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 3

1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or con flicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality L evels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For mockups.

1. Include plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.

2. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.

3. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

B. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, in dicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality -Control Plan: For quality -assurance and quality -control activities and responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of writt en statement of responsibility submitted to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems:

1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections.

2. Main wind -force-resisting system or a wind -resisting component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 4
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof o f qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.

2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.

3. Description of test and inspection.

4. Identification of applicable standards.

5. Identification of test and inspection methods.

6. Number of tests and inspections required.

7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.

8. Requirements for obtaining samples.

9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

F. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.

G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record , submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regu lations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality -control plan wi thin 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to commencement of work. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality- control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality -assurance and quality -control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: In quality -control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor -performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor -

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 5
elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality -control tests and inspections from field quality-control tests and inspections.

2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections.

3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspection s indicated to be performed by Commissioning Authority.

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified . Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspe ction Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 6

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written informati on documenting manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory -authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in -service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory -authorized service representative requirements.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products simila r to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in -service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in co nstruction with a record of successful in -service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that ar e similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those opera tions.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B

HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 7
Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, a n NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.
b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
c. Provide siz es and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -assurance service to Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

K. Mockups: Before insta lling portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups of size indicated.

2. Build mockups in location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 8

4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed to perform same tasks during the construction at Project.

5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting corresponding work, fabrication, or construction.
a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

7. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

8. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

1.11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform.

2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed.

3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

4. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 9
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Prov ide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in - situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform duties of Contractor.

E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures."
F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality - assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concu rrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the Work progresses.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 10

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner , as indicated in the Statement of Special Inspections , and as follows:

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality -control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality - control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as the y occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00 - 11

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or ma tching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 73 00 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 01 40 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17
.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 1
SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 2

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to th e extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its c onstruction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com.

2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org.

3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org.

4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org.

5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org.

6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association;
www.americanbearings.org.

7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.

8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org

9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.

10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.

11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.

12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.

13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 3

14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org.

15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.

16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.

17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.

18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.

19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org.

20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org.

21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.

22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.

23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.

24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.

25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.

26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.

29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.

30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil E ngineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE).

31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org.

32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engi neers); www.asme.org.

33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org.

34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.

35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.

36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.

37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.

38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.

39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.

40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.

41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.

42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org.

43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com.

44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com.

45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.

46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.

47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.

48. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.

49. CE - Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce- marking/

50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.

51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org.

52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 4

53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.

54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.

55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.

56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.

57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.

58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.

59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com.

60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.

61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.

62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.

63. CSA - CSA Group; www.csa.ca.

64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org.

65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org.

66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.

67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org.

68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA).

69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com.

70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.

71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).

72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA).

73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org.

74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).

75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.

76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.

77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org .

78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).

79. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com.

80. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.

81. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.

82. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com.

83. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.

84. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.

85. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.

86. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.

87. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com.

88. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.

89. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.

90. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI).

91. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).

92. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org.

93. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com.

94. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org.

95. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 5

96. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA).

97. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC).

98. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.

99. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 100. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 101. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 102. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 103. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 104. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org.
105. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 106. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 107. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 108. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu.
109. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 110. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com.
111. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); ( Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
112. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 113. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: Internat ional Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 114. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 115. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 116. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 117. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 118. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 119. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 120. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 121. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 122. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 123. MFMA - Metal Framing Man ufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org.
124. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 125. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 126. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 127. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 128. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
129. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org.
130. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org.
131. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 132. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 133. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 134. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 135. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 6
136. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 137. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 138. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 139. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 140. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 141. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 142. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 143. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
144. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 145. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 146. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 147. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 148. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org.
149. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 150. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 151. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
152. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 153. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 154. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 155. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 156. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 157. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 158. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); http://www.plasa.org.
159. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 160. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 161. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 162. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
163. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 164. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
165. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
166. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com.
167. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE).
168. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 169. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
170. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 171. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.
172. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 173. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 174. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
175. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 176. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 177. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 178. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
179. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 7
180. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 181. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 182. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 183. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 184. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.
185. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
186. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 187. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
188. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 189. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 190. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; http://www.ul.com. 191. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 192. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 193. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 194. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org 195. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 196. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 197. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 198. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 199. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
200. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 201. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the C ontract Documents.

1. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org.

2. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.

3. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.

2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.

3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov.

4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.

6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.

7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.

8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER

POPULOUS

17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 8

9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.

10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.

11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.

12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.

13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.

14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.

15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.

16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.

17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.

18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.

19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

2. DOD - Department of Defense; Milita ry Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).

4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).

5. FS - Federal Specification ; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.

6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).

7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.

8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).

F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recogn ized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 9

2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrat ive Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.

3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).

4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal-iaq.org.

5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.

6. SMAQMD; S acramento Metro Air Quality Management District; www.airquality.org.

7. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 1
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.

1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water and Sewer Serv ice from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.

Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.

Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 2
B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility.

C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content.

D. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personn el responsible for management of fire - prevention program.

E. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold.

F. Dust- and HVAC -Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following:

1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work.

2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.

3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge.

4. Waste-handling procedures.

5. Other dust-control measures.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire -resistive sheet, 10-milminimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.

B. Dust-Control Adhesive -Surface Walk -Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches.

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Owner will provide conditioned interior space for field offices for duration of Project.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:

1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases.

2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals.

Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot-square tack and marker boards.

3. Drinking water and private toilet.

4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F.

5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 ft desk height.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self -contained, liquid -propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 4

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.

3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction , and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA -filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of ener gy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in p erformance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in mi nimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 5
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.

1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing befo re initial use.

E. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying.

F. Isolation of Work Ar eas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.

1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings.
a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in wo rk area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas.
b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA -equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitio ns is complete.

2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices.

3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanu p using approved, HEPA - filter-equipped vacuum equipment.

G. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 6
H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all construction personnel. In stall WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office.

1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide one telephone line(s) for Owner's use.

2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office.
f. Construction Manager's home office.
g. Engineers' offices.
h. Owner's office.
i. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.

C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
D. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 7
E. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate.

F. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.

3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to p revent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.

D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

E. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, i n progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 8
G. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-t o-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.

1. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-milpolyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-milpolyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood.
a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule.

2. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies.

3. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas.

4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required.

5. Protect air-handling equipment.

6. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.

H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.

Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections.

2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.

1. Indicate procedures for discarding water -damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water -damaged Work.

2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, su ch as sprayed fire -resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 9
water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.

3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.

B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage.

2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.

3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.

4. Remove standing water from decks.

5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.

3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.

4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.

5. Do not install material that is wet.

6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.

7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.

2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials.

3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits.
a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect.
c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 10

3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Remova l: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have bee n delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01 50 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 1
SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Genera l and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; m anufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

2. Section 01 42 00 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architec t through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in -service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis -of-design product description, product attr ibutes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in -service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 2
features and requirements fo r purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individu al Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable prod uct. Identify basis -of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article.

Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 3
products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occup ied spaces or on the exterior.

1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous.

2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a pe rmanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.

3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 4

4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions fo r temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties re quired by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Produc t Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with acce ssories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that hav e been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 5

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …"

2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …"

3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"

4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Sp ecifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …"

6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 6
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a l ist of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product name d.

Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Proc edures" for substitutions for convenience.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufactur er's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If th e following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Cont ract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in -service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements.

2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.

3. List of similar instal lations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.

4. Samples, if requested.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 00 - 7
B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product i s not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 60 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 1
SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Genera l and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Installation of the Work.

3. Cutting and patching.

4. Progress cleaning.

5. Starting and adjusting.

6. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.

2. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

3. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning.

4. Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building.

5. Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire - rated construction.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 2

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Prior to submitting cutting and patching plan , review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting and patching work. Req uire representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.

2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:

1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.

2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.

3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work.

4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.

B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 3

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection.

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire separation assemblies.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Fire-suppression systems.
e. Plumbing piping systems.
f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
g. Control systems.
h. Communication systems.
i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
j. Conveying systems.
k. Electrical wiring systems.
l. Operating systems of special construction.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in red ucing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety . Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire-resistive material.
e. Equipment supports.
f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that result s in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and locati on of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present wh ere indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 5

1. Description of the Work.

2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

4. Recommended corrections.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take fi eld measurements as required to fit the Work properly.

Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabricat ion. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inchesin occupied spaces and 90 inchesin unoccupied spaces.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 6
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during nor mal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned wit h other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.

1. Comply with Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.

3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.

Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 7
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining are as is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by pass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.

G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, n ot hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patchin g after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as pract icable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 8
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space.

Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance.

Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new m aterials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire un broken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.

2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 9

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers approp riately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or f abricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Dispos al: Do not bury or burn waste materials on -site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 EXECUTION
01 73 00 - 10

3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements."

3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and ma intain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection a nd ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION 01 73 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 1
SECTION 01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Co ntract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations.

Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal of demolition o r construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 2
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaque s and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Waste Management Plan is available on the City website.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Construction and Demolition Waste Log available on the City website.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donatio ns: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

G. Refrigerant Recovery: Comply with requirements in Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for refrigerant recovery submittals.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications : Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may serve as Waste Management Coordinator.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 3
B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Comply with requirements in Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition."
C. Regulatory Requirements : Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s ) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator.

2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.

3. Review and finalize procedur es for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.

4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities.

5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section.

Plan shall consist of waste identificatio n, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipa ted types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste and Form CWM-2 for demolition waste . Include estimated quantities and a ssumptions for estimates.

C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste and Form CWM-4 for demolition waste. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.

1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reus ed in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work in compliance with Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition."

2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials tha t will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 4

4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of.

Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.

6. Handling and Trans portation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed.

D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there were no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Use Form CWM-5 for construction waste and Form CWM-6 for demolition waste. Include the following:

1. Total quantity of waste.

2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include transportation and tipping fees and cost of collection containers and handling for each type of waste.

3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management).

4. Revenue from salvaged materials.

5. Revenue from recycled materials.

6. Savings in transportation and tipping fees by donating materials.

7. Savings in transportation and tipping fees that are avoided.

8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste.

9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators.

Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other ite ms as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 5

1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and repo rting status of waste management work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.

1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.

2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on -site.

Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled.

2. Comply with Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

E. Waste Management in Historic Zones or Areas: Transportation equipment and other materials shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, by 12 inches or more.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Comply with requirements in Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for salvaging demolition waste.

B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.

3. Store items in a secure area until installation.

4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated.

C. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.

D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 6

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors.

F. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather.

G. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.

H. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.

I. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, sa vings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.

C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain mater ials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

D. Procedures: Process recyclable wast e according to approved construction waste management plan.

1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials.

Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 7

5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins.

3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

B. Metals: Separate metals by type.

1. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners.

D. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.

E. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members, including trim and other metals from acoustical panels and tile, and sort with other metals.

F. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by material and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by material and size.

G. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by material and size.

H. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:

1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.

2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.

3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

4. Crates: Break dow n crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B. Wood Materials:

1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.

2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. a. Comply with requirements in Section 32 93 00 "Plants" for use of clean sawdust as organic mulch.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 8
C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.

1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. a. Comply with requ irements in Section 32 93 00 "Plants" for use of clean ground gypsum board as inorganic soil amendment.

D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.

C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

END OF SECTION 01 74 19

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 1
SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Genera l and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.

3. Warranties.

4. Final cleaning.

5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation.

2. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements.

3. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 2
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.

1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion.

List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.

6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 3

3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.

5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training."

6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services.

7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders.

8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

9. Complete final cleaning requirements.

10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect or Owner , that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basi s of requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect and Owner. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 4
Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Request re inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor (if building is multi-story).

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect and Owner
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list).

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect or Owner for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 5

1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Owner by uploading to web-based project software site and via weblink by email to Owner.

E. Provide PDF’s of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agen ts that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS -37, or if GS -37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and loc al environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.

Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project o r for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas , of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even - textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and si milar foreign substances. Avoid

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 6
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment va ults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain.
j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment ,elevator equipment (if applies), and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.
n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that displ ay contamination with particulate matter on inspection.
p. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.

D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching ma terials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 7

2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

END OF SECTION 01 77 00

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 1
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc luding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.

2. Emergency manuals.

3. Systems and equipment operation manuals.

4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

5. Product maintenance manuals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specifie d in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. Owner will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 2
B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. Submit PDF documents by uploading to web -based project software site and send a web link via email to Owner. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.

C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least fifteen 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will return copy with comments in a digital format.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Owner’s comments. Submit digital copies of each corrected manual within fifteen 15 days of receipt of Owner’s comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

D. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedu res" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. Provide a USB flash drive or Compact Disk (CD) with all files sorted by O&M manual sections and renamed appropriately.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available.

Scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE

MANUALS
A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organi ze each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.

2. Table of contents.

3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 3

1. Subject matter included in manual.

2. Name and address of Project.

3. Name and address of Owner.

4. Date of submittal.

5. Name and contact information for Contractor.

6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.

7. Name and contact information for Owner.

8. Name and contact information for Architect.

9. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority.

10. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals.

11. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross -referenced to Specification S ection number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a digital file.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

1.7 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.

2. Emergency instructions.

3. Emergency procedures.

C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indica ted below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire.

2. Flood.

3. Gas leak.

4. Water leak.

5. Power failure.

6. Water outage.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 4

7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.

8. Chemical release or spill.

D. Emergency Inst ructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.

2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.

3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.

4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.

1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem , in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, an d equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility.

3. Operating standards.

4. Operating procedures.

5. Operating logs.

6. Wiring diagrams.

7. Control diagrams.

8. Piped system diagrams.

9. Precautions against improper use.

10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

C. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 5

3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.

4. Equipment function.

5. Operating characteristics.

6. Limiting conditions.

7. Performance curves.

8. Engineering data and tests.

9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.

2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

3. Routine and normal operating instructions.

4. Regulation and control procedures.

5. Instructions on stopping.

6. Normal shutdown instructions.

7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.

8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed and identify color coding where required for identification.

1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.

1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below.

C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.

For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 6
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include s more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.

3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.

4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.

2. Troubleshooting guide.

3. Precautions against improper maintenance.

4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.

5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.

6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross -referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 7
I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.

1.10 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each pr oduct, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by produc t name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross -reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Color, pattern, and texture.

4. Material and chemical composition.

5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.

3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.

4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.

5. Repair instructions.

F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 23 - 8

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 017823

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 39 - 1
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc luding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.

2. Record Specifications.

3. Record Product Data.

4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.

2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked-up record prints. a. Final Submittal:
1) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and direct ories of each submittal.

1. Submit scans of marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 39 - 2
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

E. Reports: Submit written report monthly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.

1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to sho w the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive (CCD). k. Changes made following Owner’s written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 39 - 3

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked -up record prints with Owner. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings.

2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.

3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner for resolution.

4. Owner will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect/Owner will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data i nformation into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Owner.
e. Name of Contractor.

1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 39 - 4

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.

4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.

5. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications.

1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and ins tallations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders , record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

C. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of m arked-up paper copy of Product Data.

1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.

1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to e ach item of miscellaneous record submittals.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 39 - 5

1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Owner’s reference during normal working hours.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 017839

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 1
SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.

2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.

2. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.

3. Section 01 35 16 "Alteration Project Procedures" for general protection and work procedures for alteration projects.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and store.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.

2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.

3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.

5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 2

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.

B. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building.

C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

D. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

4. Use of elevator and stairs.

5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Comply with Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins.

F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

G. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Should Owner occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area , conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.

1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 3
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.9 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding.

B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout.

1.10 COORDINATION
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.

B. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

C. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations.

D. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings, preconstruction photographs or video, and templates.

1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."

2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 4
B. Verify items designated to remain is tagged or identified.

C. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations.

3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.

B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.

2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies.

3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place.
c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place.

3.4 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been remo ved.

5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 5
C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.

Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 2 hours after flame-cutting operations.

6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

C. Removed and Salvaged Items:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous mater ials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02 41 19 - 6

3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site 2 and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 10 53 - 1
SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Wood blocking and nailers.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension.

B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency.

2. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.

3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.

4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:

1. Fire-retardant-treated wood.

2. Power-driven fasteners.

3. Post-installed anchors.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire- retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation.

Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 10 53 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.

2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire - test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.

B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.

1. Treatment shall not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.

2. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated.

3. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6841.

C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln-dry plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.

D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing agency.

1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece.

E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

1. Concealed blocking.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following:

1. Blocking.

2. Nailers.

B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of any species.

C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades:

1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.

2. Hem-fir or hem-fir (north), Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 10 53 - 3

3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or spruce-pine-fir, Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.

D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.

2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

C. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

D. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

1. Provide “J” bolts for installation in masonry bond beams.

G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.

1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

B. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.

1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.

C. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joi nt arrangement.

D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 10 53 - 4

1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.

2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.

E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.

2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.

F. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members.

Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.

3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.

Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 10 53 - 5

THIS IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 1
SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Urethane joint sealants.

2. Mildew-resistant joint sealants.

3. Latex joint sealants.

4. Polyurethane adhesives/sealants.

5. Joint-sealant backings.

6. Miscellaneous materials.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 08 80 00 “Glazing" for glazing sealants used and accessories.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.

C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.

2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.

3. Joint-sealant formulation.

4. Joint-sealant color.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.

B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested:

1. Joint-sealant location and designation.

2. Manufacturer and product name.

3. Type of substrate material.

4. Proposed test.

5. Number of samples required.

D. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following:

1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint -sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 2

2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion.

E. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article.

F. Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.

G. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.

1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.

C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section.

1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.

1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.

2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials or when interior sealants are indicated to be painted.

3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C 1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with masonry substrates.

4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint-sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials.

5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

6. For material s failing tests, obtain joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers.

7. Testing will not be required if joint -sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted.

B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows:

1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.

3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected.

4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint -sealant manufacturer's technical representative present.
a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 3
1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.

Repeat procedure for opposite side.

5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained.

6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field -Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be co nsidered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.

2. When joint substrates are wet.

3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.

4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following:

1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.

2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications.

3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.

4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following:

1. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates s hall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 4
C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide joint sealants by the following:

1. BASF Group; Master Builders Solutions; https://www.master-builders- solutions.basf.us/en-us/products/sealants-caulks .

2. Dow Corning Corporation; https://consumer.dow.com/en-us/industry/ind-building- construction/pg-const-adhesives-sealants.html .

3. GE Silicones; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;
https://www.siliconeforbuilding.com/ .

4. LymTal International Inc.; http://www.lymtal.com/ .

5. Metzger/McGuire; https://metzgermcguire.com/ .

6. Pecora Corporation; https://www.pecora.com/sealants/ .

7. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; http://www.polymericsystems.com/ .

8. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).; https://www.sherwin- williams.com/homeowners/products/tools-supplies/caulks-sealants-caulking-tools/caulks- sealants .

9. Sika Corporation ; https://usa.sika.com/en/solutions_products/Construction-Products- Services/construction-sealing-bonding.html .

10. Soudal USA; http://www.soudalusa.com/commercial-construction.html .

11. Tremco; https://www.tremcosealants.com/ .

12. VersaFlex Incorporated; https://versaflex.com/ .

2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT (JS-#3): Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. Single- component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic - and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. BASF Group; Master Builders Solutions; https://www.master-builders- solutions.basf.us/en-us/products/sealants-caulks .
b. Pecora Corporation; https://www.pecora.com/sealants/ . c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; http://www.polymericsystems.com/ . d. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).; https://www.sherwin- williams.com/homeowners/products/tools-supplies/caulks-sealants-caulking- tools/caulks-sealants .

B. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT (JS-#4): Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. BASF Group; Master Builders Solutions; https://www.master-builders- solutions.basf.us/en-us/products/sealants-caulks .
b. Pecora Corporation; https://www.pecora.com/sealants/ . c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; http://www.polymericsystems.com/ . d. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).; https://www.sherwin- williams.com/homeowners/products/tools-supplies/caulks-sealants-caulking- tools/caulks-sealants .
e. Sika Corporation; https://usa.sika.com/en/solutions_products/Construction- Products-Services/construction-sealing-bonding.html .
f. Tremco; https://www.tremcosealants.com/ .

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 5

2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS
A. Acrylic Latex: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement. Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF (JS-#5).

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable products include but are not limited to the following:
a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Construction Systems; Sonolac. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); 950A Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk, White. d. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.

2.5 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS
A. Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth.

B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT (JS-#6): Mildew-resistant, single- component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable products include but are not limited to the following:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786-M White.
b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SCS1700 Sanitary.
c. Soudal USA; RTV GP.
d. Sika Corp; SikaSil N Plus
e. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200.

2.6 POLYURETHANE ADHESIVES / SEALANTS
A. Polyurethane- based Sealants/Adhesives: Concealed mastics. ASTM C 920 (JS-#7).

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-11 FC or comparable product by one of the following:
a. BASF Group; Master Builders Solutions; https://www.master-builders- solutions.basf.us/en-us/products/sealants-caulks .
b. Dow Corning Corporation; https://consumer.dow.com/en-us/industry/ind-building- construction/pg-const-adhesives-sealants.html .
c. GE Silicones; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;
https://www.siliconeforbuilding.com/ .
d. LymTal International Inc.; http://www.lymtal.com/ .
e. Pecora Corporation; https://www.pecora.com/sealants/ . f. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; http://www.polymericsystems.com/ . g. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).; https://www.sherwin- williams.com/homeowners/products/tools-supplies/caulks-sealants-caulking- tools/caulks-sealants .
h. Sika Corporation; https://usa.sika.com/en/solutions_products/Construction- Products-Services/construction-sealing-bonding.html .
i. Soudal USA; http://www.soudalusa.com/commercial-construction.html . j. Tremco; https://www.tremcosealants.com/ .

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 6

2.7 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Alcot Plastics Ltd.; https://alcotplastics.com/ .
b. BASF Group; Master Builders Solutions; https://www.master-builders- solutions.basf.us/en-us/products/sealants-caulks .
c. Construction Foam Products; a division of Nomaco, Inc.; https://www.nomaco.com/products/construction/ .

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin); Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin); or either of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove all f oreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developin g optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 7
operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
d. Exterior insulation and finish systems..

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile..

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.

2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.

3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.

3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 8

3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:

1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.
b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation.

2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.

3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:
a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements.
c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria.

4. Record test results in a field -adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions.

5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that orig inal sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant.

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfact ory.

Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 JOINT SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 9
a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring.
d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT (JS-#3).

B. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces .

1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Tile control and expansion joints.
c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions.
d. Joints on underside of plant-precast structural concrete beams and planks. e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT (JS-#4).

C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement.

1. Joint Locations:
a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex (JS-#5).

D. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT (JS-#6).

E. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics.

1. Joint Locations:
a. Aluminum thresholds.
b. Sill plates.
c. Other locations as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Polyurethane (JS-#7).

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 22 16 - 1
SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings, soffits, and grid systems.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 09 29 00 “Gypsum Board” for sound attenuation insulation.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.

1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated.

2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.

B. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners or embossed steel studs and runners.

1. Steel Studs and Runners:
a. Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch Minimum and as indicated in the Partition Type schedule in the Drawings.
b. Depth: as indicated in the Partition Type schedule in the Drawings.

2. Embossed Steel Studs and Runners:
a. Basis of Design Product: Clark Dietrich ProStud 30 or comparable product as determined by Architect.
b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:

1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 2) Telling Industries; True-Action Slotted Track.
3) Steel Network Inc: VertiClip SLF or VTD.
4) Marinoware; Slotted Track.

D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.053 inch.

E. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 22 16 - 2

2. Depth: 7/8 inch.

2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch-diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch-diameter wire.

B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:

1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency.

C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.106-inch- inch in diameter.

D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.053 inch and minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges.

1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches.

E. Furring Channels (Furring Members):

1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep.

2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.
a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch.
b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.

F. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Company LLC, a division of ROCKFON; Drywall Grid System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System.

2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.

1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following:

1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 22 16 - 3

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength.

1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction.

B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials:

1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c.

2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire- resistive materials from damage.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.

1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation.

B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, signage, television monitor supports, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

1. Single-Layer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

2. Multilayer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

3. Tile Backing Panels: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling.

1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.

2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 22 16 - 4
b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly.
c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure.
d. Provide box beam header at all door and framed openings larger than 3’-4' wide.

Size header according to deflection and overall width of opening.

3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.

4. Curved Partitions:
a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c.

E. Direct Furring:

1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c.

F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.

3.5 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c.

2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c.

3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c.

B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.

C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards.

3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for su bstrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.

4. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.

5. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms.

6. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.

7. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.

D. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
09 22 16 - 5
E. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 1
SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Interior mold and mildew resistant gypsum board.

2. Sound Batt Insulation.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Division 09 Section "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels, identified on Drawings as “steel studs.”

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of gypsum board mounted to ceiling framing and control joint pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion and control joints.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging.

1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.

B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of panel product from single source from single manufacturer.

B. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 2

2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, with moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces.

1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. American Gypsum; M-BLOC Type X.
b. CertainTeed Corp.; ProRoc Moisture and Mold Resistant Type X. c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; ToughRock Fireguard X Mold-Guard. d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand XP Fire-Shield. e. USG Corporation; Sheetrock Mold Tough Firecode Core.

2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X.

3. Long Edges: Tapered.

4. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10.

2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized steel sheet.

2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. Bullnose bead.
c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f. Expansion (control) joint.
g. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges.

2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board:

1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.

2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.

4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.

5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping compound, or high-build interior coating product designed for application by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish.

C. Joint Tape and Joint Compound: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. Interior Gypsum Board: Open-weave glass mesh, 2” minimum width. a. Compound: Ready Mix.
1) Basis of Design: National Gypsum, Proform Multi-use Joint Compound.

2.6 Standards and manufacturer's written recommendations.

A. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from

0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 3

2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

B. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. The depth of sound attenuation blanket to match the depth of the metal stud.

1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.

2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Johns Mansville: MinWool or Sound & Fire Block batts. b. Knauf: Ecose.
c. Owens Corning: Sound Attenuation Batts Fiber Glass.

C. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Accumetric LLC; BOSS 826 Acoustical Sound Sealant.
b. GE Construction Sealants; RCS20 Acoustical.
c. Grabber Construction Products; Acoustical Sealant GSC. d. PABCO Gypsum; Quiet Seal Pro.
e. Pecora Corporation; AIS-919.
f. Tremco, Incorporated; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
g. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.

B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.

C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.

F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 4

1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.

2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.

3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant.

A. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, including floors. Provide 1/8 - 1/4-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting surfaces with acoustical sealant.

B. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.

C. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.

3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:

1. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: All dry vertical and ceiling surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Single-Layer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.

2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels.

3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.

4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

C. Multilayer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance- rated assembly.

2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.

3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members.

4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.

D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 5
board manufacturer's written instructions and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set.

E. Curved Surfaces:

1. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, across curved surface plus 12-inch-long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them.

2. For double-layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches o.c.

Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws spaced 12 inches o.c.

3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.

1. Where possible, install vertical control joints at outer edge of door frame.

2. At ceiling locations, describe on Shop Drawings prior to installation.

C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:

1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Bullnose Bead: Use where indicated.

3. LC-Bead: Use where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.

4. L-Bead: Use where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed.

5. U-Bead: Use where indicated.

6. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings.

3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

1. Use elastomeric sealant at door frames in lieu of joint compound.

B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.

C. At floating ceilings locations, lower wall level finish to extend up past ceiling height by 1.5 times the distance between wall and the edge of the ceiling.

D. At cove light locations, provide level 5 finish at horizontal ceiling surfaces illuminated by cove lighting. Adjacent vertical gypsum board inside the cove may be level 4.

E. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

1. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

2. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.

3. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.

4. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping compound, or high-build interior coating product designed for application by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 GYPSUM BOARD
09 29 00 - 6
F. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.

2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view and scheduled to receive wall covering or flat paint finish (MPI Gloss Level 1), unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."
b. Extend wall finish level into coves and reveals.

3. Level 5: At curved partitions, partitions with continuous unbroken length of 20 feet or greater, horizontal and vertical surfaces of soffits, surfaces scheduled to receive paint finish with a sheen of Gloss Level 2 or greater, surfaces scheduled to receive graphic film, and where indicated.
a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."

4. After filling joints with proper joint compound, apply base coat to exposed surfaces of tile backing panel in minimum thickness of 1/16-inch dry-coat thickness.

5. Embed reinforcing mesh in wet base coat to produce wrinkle-free installation with mesh continuous at corners and overlapped not less than 2-1/2 inches. Do not lap reinforcing mesh within 8 inches of corners. Completely embed mesh, applying additional base -coat material if necessary, so reinforcing-mesh color and pattern are not visible.

6. Apply skim coat to completely embed mesh over entire surface and to achieve a fine sand texture.

3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application.

B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 1
SECTION 09 51 13 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory-applied color finishes.

C. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.

1. Acoustical Panel: Set of 15 cm x 15 cm (6 inches) Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture.

2. Exposed Suspension-System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 15 cm (6-inch)-long Samples of each type, finish, and color.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:

1. Suspended ceiling components.

2. Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached.

3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical panels.

4. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following:
a. Lighting fixtures.
b. Air outlets and inlets.
c. Speakers.
d. Sprinklers.
e. Access panels.

5. Perimeter moldings.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

C. Product Test Reports: For each acoustical panel ceiling, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

D. Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical panel ceiling suspension system and anchor and fastener type, from ICC-ES.

E. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 2

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.

2. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to NVLAP for testing indicated.

B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings, or if not shown, as directed by Architect.

2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.

B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.

C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.

1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical panel ceiling installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Acoustical ceiling shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.

Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Flame-Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials.

2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.

C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency.

Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 3

2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations:

1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel: Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer.

2. Suspension System: Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer.

C. Glass-Fiber-Based Panels: Made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde.

D. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances unless otherwise indicated.

1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 40cm (15-3/4 inchesaway from test surface according to ASTM E 795.

E. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type.

1. Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect/Engineer from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type, pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail, and size.

2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:

1. Armstrong

2. USG

3. Rockfon

4. Chicago Metallic
B. Ceiling CL1:

1. match existing panels for type, finish, texture, color, size, and other visual and performance characteristics.

2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635/C 635M.

1. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635/C 635M requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high-humidity finishes are indicated.

B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.

1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
a. Type: Cast-in-place or Postinstalled bonded anchors. b. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm) for Class SC 1 service condition. c. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316 for bolts; Alloy 304 or 316 for anchor.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 4
d. Corrosion Protection: Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods complying with ASTM B 164 for UNS No. N04400 alloy.

2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, wi thout failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.

C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:

1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.

2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic.

3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164, nickel-copper-alloy UNS No. N04400.

4. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch-diameter wire.

D. Hanger Rods and Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22-mmwide; formed with 0.04-inch (1- mm) -thick, galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch (8-mm)-diameter bolts.

F. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces.

G. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic forces.

H. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure acoustical panels in place.

2.5 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:

1. Armstrong

2. USG

3. Rockfon

4. Chicago Metallic
B. Ceiling CL1:

1. match existing suspension systems for type, profile, finish, color, dimensions, and visual and performance characteristics.

2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the suspension system supplier.

2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Pecora Corporation.

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 5
B. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

1. Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant.

2. Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant.

3. Acoustical sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." a. VOC content of 250 g/L or less.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements sp ecified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings.

B. Examine acoustical panels before installation. Reject acoustical panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widt hs at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."

1. Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated ceiling systems according to tested fire-rated design.

B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system.

2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices.

4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling-suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.

5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 6
appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.

6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power- actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete.

7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires.

8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.

9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.

10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member.

11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications.

C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or post installed anchors.

D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.

1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed.

2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet Miter corners accurately and connect securely.

3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.

E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another.

Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.

F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension-system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit.

1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to long radial axis of space.

2. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension-system runners and moldings.

3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges.

4. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension-system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners.

5. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer.

6. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections:

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09 51 13 - 7

1. Compliance of seismic design.

3.5 B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

C. Perform the following tests and inspections of completed installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners in successive stages. Do not proceed with installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers for the next area until test results for previously completed installations show compliance with requirements.

1. Extent of Each Test Area: When installation of ceiling suspension systems on each floor has reached 20 percent completion but no panels have been installed. a. Within each test area, testing agency will select one of every 10 power-actuated fasteners and post installed anchors used to attach hangers to concrete and will test them for 890N (200 lb of tension; it will also select one of every two post installed anchors used to attach bracing wires to concrete and will test them for 200kg (440 lb) of tension.
b. When testing discovers fasteners and anchors that do not comply with requirements, testing agency will test those anchors not previously tested until 20 pass consecutively and then will resume initial testing frequency.

D. Acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension-system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.

END OF SECTION

SAFE CREDIT UNION CONVENTION CENTER
POPULOUS 17.4465
SEPTEMBER 8, 2021

BALLROOM B HVAC & LIGHTING SYSTEMS
© Populous 2021 INTERIOR PAINTING
09 91 23 - 1
SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates.

← All documents from this meeting